WO2022205244A1 - Method and apparatus for establishing user plane connection - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for establishing user plane connection Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022205244A1
WO2022205244A1 PCT/CN2021/084778 CN2021084778W WO2022205244A1 WO 2022205244 A1 WO2022205244 A1 WO 2022205244A1 CN 2021084778 W CN2021084778 W CN 2021084778W WO 2022205244 A1 WO2022205244 A1 WO 2022205244A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network element
control information
function network
type
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/084778
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
谭仕勇
吴义壮
倪慧
李岩
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2021/084778 priority Critical patent/WO2022205244A1/en
Publication of WO2022205244A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022205244A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/30Connection release

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for establishing a user plane connection.
  • the 5G network bears the heavy responsibility of supporting the Internet of Things and the digital transformation of the industry.
  • the society hopes that the 5G network can provide a unified connection capability for all walks of life and support the rapid digital transformation and business innovation of the industry.
  • Traditional user business to customer, 2C
  • vertical industry to business, 2B
  • communication optimization can be considered for business characteristics similar to vertical industries.
  • the present application provides a method and apparatus for establishing a user plane connection, which can realize optimization of communication.
  • a method for establishing a user plane connection is provided, and the method for establishing a user plane connection can be performed by an access function network element, or can also be performed by a chip provided in the access function network element or circuit execution, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method for establishing a user plane connection includes:
  • the access function network element acquires first type information, where the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type, and the first user equipment is a user accessing the network through the access function network element equipment; the access function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type, and the access function network element stores the first control information corresponding to the first type; the access function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type; The control information establishes a user plane connection for the first user equipment.
  • the The access function network element stores the first control information required for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment of the first type. Therefore, when multiple user equipments of the first type pass through the connection
  • the access function network element accesses the network, the access function network element can use its stored first control information to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment, without the need for each user equipment to obtain its establishment user from the core network.
  • the control information required for the plane connection is simplified, the process of establishing the user plane connection is simplified, the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment is improved, and the optimization of the communication is realized.
  • the first control information includes at least one of the following information: service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, service profile information or service information, where the quality of service control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service, the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy, and the mobility control information is used to indicate the movement of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type Policy, the service information is used to indicate the service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, and the service portrait information is used to indicate the rule of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accessing the service or performing service transmission.
  • service quality control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service
  • security control information is used to indicate the security strategy
  • the mobility control information is used to indicate the movement of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type Policy
  • the service information is used to indicate the service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type
  • the service portrait information is used to indicate the rule of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accessing
  • the control information required for establishing a user plane connection includes one or more of the above information, which can enable the access function network elements to have the same user equipment
  • a type of user equipment establishes a user plane connection that meets its service requirements, and does not need to wait until the user equipment triggers the service to obtain the above-mentioned information related to the service of the user equipment from the core network, which simplifies the connection establishment process and improves the communication system for users.
  • the efficiency of the device establishing the user plane connection realizes the optimization of the communication.
  • the access function network element receives a first message from the user management function network element, where the first message includes first type information.
  • the first message further includes authentication success information, where the authentication success information is used to indicate that the first user equipment is authenticated
  • the method further includes: the access The functional network element sends a second message to the user management functional network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, where the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
  • the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application can deliver the type information of the user equipment to the access function network element in the authentication process, and the type of the user equipment will be obtained only in the scenario where the authentication is passed. information, to ensure that connections are only established for legitimate users, and to improve the security of the scheme.
  • the obtaining, by the access function network element, the first control information corresponding to the first type includes: the access function network element obtaining, from at least one control information, the first control information corresponding to the first type.
  • the first control information corresponding to the first type of information; or, the access function network element sends the first type of information to the user management function network element; the access function network element receives the information from the user management function network element. the first control information; or, the access function network element sends the first type information to the network management function network element; the access function network element receives the first control information from the network management function network element.
  • the access function network element can obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type in various ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution .
  • the method further includes: the access function network element is locally preconfigured with the at least one control information; or; the access function network element receives information from the user management the at least one control information of the function network element; or; the access function network element receives the at least one control information from the network management function network element.
  • the access function network element acquires the first control information from at least one control information
  • the at least one acquired control information may be acquired in various ways , to improve the flexibility of the program.
  • the method further includes: the access function network element receiving a third message from the first user equipment, where the third message is used to request the establishment of a radio resource connection , and the third message includes the identifier of the first user equipment.
  • the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to the process of establishing a user plane connection.
  • the access function network element establishing a user plane connection for the first user equipment according to the first control information includes: the access function network element is based on the first control information.
  • the control information determines a data radio bearer with the first user equipment; the access function network element sends a radio resource configuration message to the first user equipment, where the radio resource configuration message includes configuration information of the data radio bearer.
  • the process of establishing a user plane connection between an access function network element and a user equipment includes establishing a radio bearer.
  • the method further includes: the access function network element receiving second type information from the user management function network element, where the second type information is used to indicate the The user equipment type of the first user equipment is of the second type; the access function network element obtains second control information based on the second type information; the access function network element updates and communicates with the first user equipment according to the second control information the connection between.
  • the user plane connection can be updated based on the control information corresponding to the updated user equipment type, so as to improve the establishment of the user plane connection. accuracy.
  • the method further includes: the access function network element receiving third control information, where the third control information corresponds to the first type; the access function The network element updates the user plane connection with at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, wherein the third control information is different from the first control information.
  • the user plane connection can be updated based on the updated control information, thereby improving the accuracy of establishing the user plane connection. sex.
  • the method further includes: the access function network element receiving a fifth message from the second user equipment, where the fifth message is used to request the establishment of a radio resource connection,
  • the access function network element establishes a user plane connection with the second user equipment according to the first control information, wherein the user type of the second user equipment is the first type.
  • the access function network element does not need to be acquired as the second user equipment.
  • the control information required for establishing the user plane connection simplifies the process of establishing the connection, improves the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment, and realizes the optimization of the communication.
  • a method for establishing a user plane connection is provided, and the method for establishing a user plane connection can be executed by a user management function network element, or can also be performed by a chip provided in the user management function network element or circuit execution, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method for establishing a user plane connection includes:
  • the user management function network element obtains information of the first user equipment, the information of the first user equipment includes at least first type information, and the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type; the The user management function network element sends the first type information to the access function network element, where the first type information is used to obtain first control information corresponding to the first type, wherein the first control information is stored in the access function network element above, the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for the first user equipment.
  • the user management function network element can deliver the acquired first type information to the access function network element, so that the access function network element can use the stored
  • the control information for establishing user plane connections by these user equipments can be multiplexed.
  • the access function network element can use the first control information stored in the access function network element to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment separately, without the need for each user equipment.
  • Each user equipment obtains the control information required for establishing a user plane connection from the core network, which simplifies the process of establishing a user plane connection, improves the efficiency of the communication system for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment, and realizes communication optimization.
  • the first control information includes at least one of the following information: service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, service profile information or service information, where the quality of service control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service, the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy, and the mobility control information is used to indicate the movement of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type Policy, the service information is used to indicate the service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, and the service portrait information is used to indicate the rule of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accessing the service or performing service transmission.
  • service quality control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service
  • security control information is used to indicate the security strategy
  • the mobility control information is used to indicate the movement of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type Policy
  • the service information is used to indicate the service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type
  • the service portrait information is used to indicate the rule of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accessing
  • the control information required for establishing a user plane connection includes various information, so that the access function network element can establish a user plane connection with the user equipment that meets its service requirements, There is no need to wait until the user equipment triggers the service and then obtain the control information related to the service of the user equipment from the core network, which simplifies the process of establishing a connection, improves the efficiency of the communication system for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment, and realizes communication optimization.
  • the user management function network element sends a first message to the access function network element, where the first message includes the first type of information.
  • the first message further includes authentication success information, where the authentication success information is used to indicate that the authentication is completed
  • the method further includes: the user management function network element receives information from The second message of the access function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, where the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
  • the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application can deliver the type information of the user equipment to the access function network element in the authentication process, and the type of the user equipment will be obtained only in the scenario where the authentication is passed. information, to ensure that connections are only established for legitimate users, and to improve the security of the scheme.
  • the method further includes: the user management function network element sending at least one control information to the access function network element, where the at least one control information includes the first control information; or, the user management function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information; the user management function network element sends the first control information to the access function network element.
  • the user management function network element can send the first control information corresponding to the first type to the access function network element in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
  • the method further includes: the user management function network element receiving the first control information from the network management function network element; or, the user management function network element receiving the first control information At least one control information from a network management function network element, the at least one control information includes the first control information.
  • the user management function network element can obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type from the network management function network element in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
  • the method further includes: the user management function network element determines that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is a second type, and the second type is the same as the first type. The types are different; the user management function network element sends second type information to the access function network element, where the second type information is used to indicate that the first user equipment belongs to the second type.
  • the user plane connection can be updated based on the control information corresponding to the updated user equipment type, so as to improve the establishment of the user plane connection. accuracy.
  • the method further includes: the user management function network element receives third control information from the network management function network element, the third control information and the first type Correspondingly, at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accesses the network through at least one access network element respectively; the user management function network element sends the third control information to the at least one access network element respectively, the The third control information is different from the first control information, and the at least one access network element includes the access function network element.
  • the user plane connection can be updated based on the updated control information, thereby improving the accuracy of establishing the user plane connection. sex.
  • a method for establishing a user plane connection is provided, and the method for establishing a user plane connection may be performed by a network management function network element, or may also be performed by a chip provided in the network management function network element or circuit execution, which is not limited in this application.
  • the method for establishing a user plane connection includes:
  • the network management function network element obtains first control information corresponding to the first type, where the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type;
  • the functional network element sends the first control information corresponding to the first type.
  • the network management function network element can deliver the acquired first control information to the access function network element, so that the access function network element can store the first control information , since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for establishing user plane connections of these user equipments can be multiplexed.
  • the access function network element By storing the first control information required for establishing a user plane connection for user equipment of the first type of user equipment on the access function network element, when multiple user equipments of the first type of user equipment pass the When the access function network element accesses the network, the access function network element can use its stored first control information to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment separately, without the need to obtain its establishment from the core network for each user equipment.
  • the control information required for the user plane connection simplifies the process of establishing the user plane connection, improves the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment, and realizes the optimization of the communication.
  • the first control information includes at least one of the following information: service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, service profile information or service information, where the quality of service control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service, the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy, and the mobility control information is used to indicate the movement of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type Policy, the service information is used to indicate the service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, and the service portrait information is used to indicate the rule of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accessing the service or performing service transmission.
  • service quality control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service
  • security control information is used to indicate the security strategy
  • the mobility control information is used to indicate the movement of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type Policy
  • the service information is used to indicate the service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type
  • the service portrait information is used to indicate the rule of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accessing
  • the control information required for establishing a user plane connection includes a variety of information, so that the access function network element can establish a user plane connection for the user equipment that meets its service requirements, There is no need to wait until the user equipment triggers the service and then dynamically obtain the control information related to the service of the user equipment, which simplifies the process of establishing a connection, improves the efficiency of the communication system for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment, and realizes communication optimization.
  • sending the first control information by the network management function network element to the access function network element includes: the network management function network element directly sends the access function network element to the access function network element. element sends the first control information; or, the network management function network element sends the first control information to the access function network element through the user management function network element.
  • the network management function network element acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type includes: the network management function network element acquiring at least one control information, the at least one control information including first control information; the network management function network element directly sending the first control information to the access function network element includes: the network management function network element directly sending the at least one control information to the access function network element; Or, the network management function network element receives first type information from the access function network element, where the first type information is used to indicate the first type; the network management function network element receives information from the at least the first type based on the first type information The first control information is obtained from a piece of control information; the network management function network element sends the first control information to the access function network element.
  • the method when the network management function network element sends the first control information to the access function network element through the user management function network element, the method further includes: the The network management function network element sends the at least one control information to the user management function network element; or the network management function network element sends the first control information to the user management function network element.
  • the network management function network element can send the first control information to the access function network element in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
  • the method further includes: the network management function network element determines that the first control information is updated to the third control information; the network management function network element determines that the first control information is updated to the third control information; Control information The access function network element and/or the user management function network element; the network management function network element sends the third control information to the access function network element and/or the user management function network element.
  • the user plane connection can be updated based on the updated control information, thereby improving the accuracy of establishing the user plane connection. sex.
  • an apparatus for establishing a user plane connection includes:
  • an obtaining unit configured to obtain first type information, where the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type, and the first user equipment is a user accessing the network through the access function network element equipment;
  • an obtaining unit further configured to obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and the device stores the first control information
  • the processing unit is configured to establish a user plane connection for the first user equipment according to the first control information.
  • the acquiring unit acquiring the first type of information includes:
  • the obtaining unit receives a first message from the user management function network element, where the first message includes the first type information.
  • the first control information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Service quality control information Service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, business profile information or business information,
  • the QoS control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service
  • the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy
  • the mobility control information is used to indicate the mobility strategy of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type
  • the service information is used to indicate a service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type
  • the service portrait information is used to indicate a rule for at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type to access the service or perform service transmission.
  • the first message further includes authentication success information, where the authentication success information is used to indicate that the authentication is completed,
  • the device also includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send a second message to the user management function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, and the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
  • the processing unit acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type of information includes:
  • the processing unit acquires the first control information corresponding to the first type of information from at least one control information; or,
  • the device also includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send the first type of information to the user management function network element
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first control information from the user management function network element;
  • the device also includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send the first type of information to the user management function network element
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first control information from the network management function network element.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine that the at least one control information is preconfigured locally;
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the at least one control information from the user management function network element;
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the at least one control information from the network management function network element.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive a third message from the first user equipment, where the third message is used to request the establishment of a wireless resource connection, the third message including the identifier of the first user equipment.
  • the processing unit establishing a user plane connection for the first user equipment according to the first control information includes:
  • the processing unit determines based on the first control information as a data radio bearer between the first user equipment;
  • the device also includes:
  • a sending unit configured to send a radio resource configuration message to the first user equipment, where the radio resource configuration message includes configuration information of the data radio bearer.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive second type information from the user management function network element, where the second type information is used to indicate the information of the first user equipment
  • the user equipment type is the second type
  • the processing unit obtains second control information based on the second type of information
  • the processing unit updates the connection with the first user equipment according to the second control information.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive third control information, where the third control information corresponds to the first type
  • the processing unit updates the user plane connection between at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type,
  • the third control information is different from the first control information.
  • the apparatus further includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a fifth message from the second user equipment, where the fifth message is used to request the establishment of a wireless resource connection, the access function network element establishes a user plane connection with the second user equipment according to the first control information , wherein the user equipment type of the second user equipment is the first type.
  • an apparatus for establishing a user plane connection includes:
  • an obtaining unit configured to obtain information of the first user equipment, where the information of the first user equipment includes at least first type information, and the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type;
  • a sending unit configured to send the first type information to the access function network element, where the first type information is used to obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type
  • the first control information is stored on the access function network element, and the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for the first user equipment.
  • the sending unit sending the first type of information to the access function network element includes:
  • the sending unit sends a first message to the access function network element, where the first message includes the first type information.
  • the first control information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Service quality control information Service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, business profile information or business information,
  • the QoS control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service
  • the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy
  • the mobility control information is used to indicate the mobility strategy of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type
  • the service information is used to indicate a service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type
  • the service portrait information is used to indicate a rule for at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type to access the service or perform service transmission.
  • the first message further includes authentication success information, and the authentication success information is used to indicate that the authentication is completed
  • the device also includes:
  • a receiving unit configured to receive a second message from the access function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, where the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
  • the method sending unit is further configured to send at least one control information to the access function network element, where the at least one control information includes the first control information;
  • the device also includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type information; the sending unit sends the first control information to the access function network element.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first control information from the network management function network element;
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive at least one control information from the network management function network element, where the at least one control information includes the first control information.
  • the method processing unit is further configured to determine that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is a second type, and the second type is different from the first type;
  • the sending unit sends second type information to the access function network element, where the second type information is used to indicate that the first user equipment belongs to the second type.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive third control information from the network management function network element, where the third control information corresponds to the first type,
  • At least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accesses the network through at least one access network element respectively;
  • the sending unit sends the third control information to the at least one access network element respectively, where the third control information is different from the first control information, and the at least one access network element includes the access function network element.
  • an apparatus for establishing a user plane connection includes:
  • an obtaining unit configured to obtain first control information corresponding to the first type, where the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type;
  • a sending unit configured to send the first control information corresponding to the first type to the access function network element.
  • the first control information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Service quality control information Service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, business profile information or business information,
  • the QoS control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service
  • the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy
  • the mobility control information is used to indicate the mobility strategy of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type
  • the service information is used to indicate a service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type
  • the service portrait information is used to indicate a rule for at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type to access the service or perform service transmission.
  • the acquiring unit acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type includes:
  • the acquiring unit acquires at least one control information, and the at least one control information includes the first control information;
  • the sending unit sending the first control information to the access function network element includes:
  • the sending unit directly sends the first control information to the access function network element
  • the sending unit sends the first control information to the access function network element through the user management function network element.
  • the sending unit directly sending the first control information to the access function network element includes:
  • the sending unit directly sends the at least one control information to the access function network element
  • the sending unit receives first type information from the access function network element, where the first type information is used to indicate the first type;
  • the device also includes:
  • a processing unit configured to obtain the first control information from the at least one control information based on the first type information
  • the sending unit sends the first control information to the access function network element.
  • the method when the sending unit sends the first control information to the access function network element through the user management function network element, the method further includes:
  • the sending unit sends the at least one control information to the user management function network element
  • the sending unit sends the first control information to the user management function network element.
  • the apparatus further includes:
  • a processing unit configured to determine that the first control information is updated to the third control information
  • the processing unit determines the access function network element and/or the user management function network element according to the third control information
  • the sending unit sends the third control information to the access function network element and/or the user management function network element.
  • a seventh aspect provides an apparatus for establishing a user plane connection
  • the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection includes a processor for implementing the function of the access function network element in the method described in the first aspect above.
  • the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection may further include a memory coupled to the processor, where the processor is configured to implement the function of the access function network element in the method described in the first aspect above.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement the function of the access function network element in the method described in the first aspect above.
  • the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection may further include a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, a circuit, or the like.
  • the means for establishing a user plane connection includes: a processor and a communication interface,
  • the processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection implements any one of the methods described in the first aspect;
  • the processor communicates with the outside using the communication interface.
  • the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the apparatus.
  • the device for establishing the user plane connection is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit, etc. on the chip or the chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
  • an apparatus for establishing a user plane connection includes a processor for implementing the function of the user management function network element in the method described in the second aspect above.
  • the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection may further include a memory coupled to the processor, where the processor is configured to implement the function of the user management function network element in the method described in the second aspect above.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement the function of the user management function network element in the method described in the second aspect above.
  • the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection may further include a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, a circuit, or the like.
  • the means for establishing a user plane connection includes: a processor and a communication interface,
  • the processor communicates with the outside using the communication interface
  • the processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection implements any one of the methods described in the second aspect above.
  • the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the apparatus.
  • the device for establishing the user plane connection is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit, etc. on the chip or the chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
  • an apparatus for establishing a user plane connection includes a processor for implementing the function of the network management function network element in the method described in the third aspect above.
  • the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection may further include a memory coupled to the processor, where the processor is configured to implement the function of the network management function network element in the method described in the third aspect above.
  • the memory is used to store program instructions and data.
  • the memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement the function of the network management function network element in the method described in the third aspect above.
  • the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection may further include a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection to communicate with other devices.
  • the communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, a circuit, or the like.
  • the means for establishing a user plane connection includes: a processor and a communication interface,
  • the processor communicates with the outside using the communication interface
  • the processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection implements any one of the methods described in the third aspect above.
  • the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the apparatus.
  • the device for establishing the user plane connection is a chip or a chip system.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit, etc. on the chip or the chip system.
  • the processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer executes the methods of the above aspects.
  • the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the methods of the above aspects.
  • a twelfth aspect provides a communication system, including the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection shown in the fourth aspect, the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection shown in the fifth aspect, and the user plane connection shown in the sixth aspect.
  • a chip device including a processing circuit configured to call and run a program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip device executes any one of the first to third aspects above methods in possible implementations.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture based on a service interface.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for updating a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 800 for establishing a user plane connection provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an access function network element 900 suitable for this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1000 for establishing a user plane connection provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a user management function network element 1100 applicable to this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another apparatus 1200 for establishing a user plane connection provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a network management function network element 1300 suitable for this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture based on a service interface. Each part involved in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 will be described below.
  • User equipment (UE) 110 may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of terminals, Mobile station (mobile station, MS), terminal (terminal) or soft terminal, etc. For example, water meters, electricity meters, sensors, etc.
  • the user equipment in this embodiment of the present application may refer to an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, or a terminal device.
  • terminal equipment wireless communication equipment, user agent or user equipment.
  • the user equipment may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, user equipment in a 5G network or a user in a future evolving public land mobile network (PLMN) equipment or user equipment in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc., which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • a wearable device may also be referred to as a wearable smart device, which is a general term for intelligently designing daily wearable devices and developing wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones.
  • the user equipment may also be a user equipment in an Internet of Things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of Things
  • the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, a narrow band (narrow band, NB) technology.
  • NB narrow band
  • the user equipment may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations, and the main functions include collecting data (part of user equipment), receiving control information and downlink data of access network equipment, and Send electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to access network equipment.
  • sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations
  • the main functions include collecting data (part of user equipment), receiving control information and downlink data of access network equipment, and Send electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to access network equipment.
  • (wireless) access network equipment (radio access network, (R)AN) 120 used to provide network access functions for authorized user equipment in a specific area, and can use different quality of service according to the level of user equipment, business needs, etc. transmission tunnel.
  • R radio access network
  • (R)AN can manage radio resources, provide access services for user equipment, and then complete the forwarding of control signals and user equipment data between user equipment and the core network.
  • (R)AN can also be understood as a base station in a traditional network.
  • the access network device in this embodiment of the present application may be any communication device having a wireless transceiver function for communicating with user equipment.
  • the access network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller) , BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved Node B, HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) ) in the system, such as access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., and can also be 5G , such as, NR, gNB in the system, or, transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5
  • a gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • the CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB.
  • the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing functions of radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • the DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical (PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • the higher-layer signaling such as the RRC layer signaling
  • the access network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node.
  • the CU can be divided into access network equipment in the access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into the access network equipment in the core network (core network, CN), this application does not Do limit.
  • User plane network element 130 used for packet routing and forwarding, and quality of service (quality of service, QoS) processing of user plane data, and the like.
  • the user plane network element may be a user plane function (UPF) network element.
  • the user plane network element may still be the UPF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Data network 140 a network for providing data transmission.
  • the data network element may be a data network (DN) network element.
  • DN data network
  • the data network element may still be a DN network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Access management network element 150 mainly used for mobility management and access management.
  • the access management network element may be a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function.
  • MME mobility management entity
  • the access management network element may be an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • the access management network element may still be an AMF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Session management network element 160 mainly used for session management, Internet Protocol (IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of endpoints that can manage user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink data notification, etc.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the session management network element may be a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element.
  • SMF session management function
  • the session management network element may still be an SMF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Policy control network element 170 a unified policy framework for guiding network behavior, providing policy rule information and the like for control plane functional network elements (eg, AMF, SMF network elements, etc.).
  • control plane functional network elements eg, AMF, SMF network elements, etc.
  • the policy control network element may be a policy and charging rules function (policy and charging rules function, PCRF) network element.
  • policy control network element may be a policy control function (PCF) network element.
  • PCF policy control function
  • the policy control network element may still be the PCF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Network opening network element 180 mainly used to support the opening of capabilities and events.
  • the network exposure may be a network exposure function (NEF) network element.
  • NEF network exposure function
  • the network opening network element may still be the NEF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Network storage network element 190 used to maintain real-time information of all network function services in the network.
  • the network storage network element may be a network repository function (NRF) network element.
  • NRF network repository function
  • the network storage network element may still be an NRF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Data management network element 1100 used for processing terminal equipment identification, access authentication, registration, and mobility management.
  • the data management network element may be a unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element.
  • UDM unified data management
  • the unified data management may still be a UDM network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Application network element 1110 used to perform data routing affected by applications, access network elements with open functions, and interact with the policy framework to perform policy control, and the like.
  • the application network element may be an application function (application function, AF) network element.
  • the application network element may still be the AF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • Network slice selection network element 1120 used to select a network slice instance serving the user equipment.
  • the network slice selection network element may be a network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF) network element.
  • NSSF network slice selection function
  • the network element of the network slice selection function may still be an NSSF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
  • network elements or functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
  • the terminal device is connected to the AMF through the N1 interface
  • the RAN is connected to the AMF through the N2 interface
  • the RAN is connected to the UPF through the N3 interface.
  • the UPFs are connected through the N9 interface, and the UPFs are interconnected with the data network (DN) through the N6 interface.
  • DN data network
  • the SMF controls the UPF through the N4 interface.
  • NSSF accesses the service-oriented architecture through the Nnssf interface and provides corresponding services; similarly, NRF, PCF, UDM, and AF access the service-oriented architecture through their corresponding interfaces to provide corresponding services.
  • network function network elements such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, and UDM network elements are called network function network elements.
  • NF network element
  • a set of network elements such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, and UDM network elements may be called control plane function network elements.
  • the 5G communication system architecture described in FIG. 1 can be simplified. For example, some specific 2B user equipments do not need to deploy the AMF network node shown in FIG. 1; for example, some specific 2B user equipments do not need to deploy the SMF shown in FIG. 1. network node.
  • the present application provides a method for establishing a user plane connection, which can divide user equipment into different types according to different service requirements, and establish a user plane for the user equipment based on the control information corresponding to the type of the user equipment. connect.
  • the control information required for establishing a user plane connection may be configured in a pre-configured manner or a dynamic configuration manner.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application. Each part involved in the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 will be described separately below.
  • User equipment (private user equipment, PUE) 210 of the enterprise network may include various wireless communication functions
  • the specific types of handheld devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to the wireless modem may include the UE types shown in FIG. 1 , which will not be repeated here.
  • a private network access function (PNA) 220 (including PNA#1 and PNA#2 as shown in FIG. 2 ): a device that supports providing access to user equipment of an enterprise network, and supports Route traffic to the corporate network. Responsible for radio resource management, service quality management and security protection of the air interface.
  • PNA network access function
  • the PNA can be understood as a network element that supports the functions of the control plane and the user plane of the existing (R)AN.
  • the PNA can be implemented by the (R)AN in the 5G network architecture.
  • the (R)AN in the 5G network architecture is improved, so that the (R)AN can realize the functions of the PNA in this application, and the (R)AN is shown in FIG. 1 and will not be repeated here;
  • the PNA can be implemented as an independently deployed network element without relying on the access network equipment in the 5G network architecture, and is used to support the network element related functions of the access function network element in the following embodiments. Yuan.
  • Private Network Management Function Network element (Private Network management Function, PNM) 230: used to manage and configure PNA and other functions.
  • the function of the PNM may be implemented by one or several network elements in the 5G network architecture; or, the function of the PNM may include one or several network elements in the above-mentioned 5G network architecture meta function. For example, improve the AMF or SMF in the 5G network architecture, so that the AMF or SMF can realize the functions of the PNM in this application;
  • the PNM may be an independently deployed network element rather than a network element obtained by improving a certain network element in the 5G network architecture, and is used to support the network management function network element in the following embodiments NEs of related functions.
  • User management function Network element 240 used for storing permanent identity information of user equipment in the enterprise network, performing authentication and authorization on the user equipment in the enterprise network, and providing security material between the PUE and the PNA.
  • the user management function network element is described by taking the authentication authorization and accounting (Authentication Authorization and Accounting, AAA) network element as an example.
  • AAA Authentication Authorization and Accounting
  • the AAA may be a certain network element in the current 5G network architecture. For example, improve the UDM in the 5G network architecture, so that the UDM can realize the functions of the user management function network element or AAA in this application;
  • the AAA may be an independently deployed network element instead of a network element obtained by improving the UDM in the 5G network architecture, and is used to support the user management function network element or AAA related network elements in the following embodiments functional network element.
  • the names of the network elements in the above Figure 2 are only examples, and do not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of this application.
  • the functions of the above network elements can be implemented by the network elements in the current 5G architecture.
  • the application is not limited, for example, it may be to improve the network elements of the current 5G network architecture, so that a certain network element can realize the corresponding function.
  • the interface between different nodes can be defined as follows:
  • the interface between the PUE and the PNA is P1: used to support the transmission of control plane messages and user plane data.
  • the interface between the PNA and the PNM is P3: used to manage PNA-related configuration information.
  • P2 used for information exchange between PNAs and supports the mobility of PUE.
  • P5 used to exchange authentication and authorization messages with PUE.
  • the interface between the PNM and the enterprise network is P4: this interface is optional. It can be used to support the enterprise to configure the type information of the user equipment and/or the control information corresponding to the type information to the PNM.
  • the private network access function network element is the PNA network element
  • the private network management function network element is the PNM network element
  • the authentication authorization and accounting function network element is the AAA network element as an example for description.
  • PNA PNA
  • PNM PNM
  • AAA AAA
  • this application takes the device as an example of a PNA entity, a PNM entity, and an AAA entity, and describes the method for establishing a user plane connection.
  • the device it is a chip in the PNA entity, a chip in the PNM entity, and an AAA.
  • the implementation method of the chip in the entity reference may be made to the specific description that the devices are the PNA entity, the PNM entity, and the AAA entity, and the description will not be repeated.
  • to indicate may be understood as “enable” or “trigger”
  • “enable” may include direct enable and indirect enable
  • “trigger” may include direct trigger and indirect trigger.
  • preset may include predefined definitions, eg, protocol definitions.
  • predefinition can be achieved by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in the equipment (for example, including user equipment or core network equipment). Do limit.
  • the "storage” involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to being stored in one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories may be set separately, or may be integrated in an encoder or a decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the one or more memories may also be partially provided separately and partially integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device.
  • the type of memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
  • the "protocols” involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, such as 5G protocols, new radio (NR) protocols, and related protocols applied in future communication systems.
  • the application is not limited.
  • the embodiments shown below do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be executed to provide the method according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be an access function network element, a user management function network element or a network management function network element, or an access function network element, a user management function network element A functional module in a functional network element or a network management functional network element that can call a program and execute the program.
  • FIG. 3 depicts a schematic flowchart of a method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method for establishing a user plane connection includes at least some of the following steps.
  • the access function network element acquires the first type of information.
  • acquiring the first type information by the access function network element includes: the access function network element receives a first message from the user management function network element, where the first message includes the first type information.
  • the user management function network element can obtain information of at least one user equipment according to the pre-configuration, and the at least one user equipment includes the first user equipment, that is, the user management function network element can obtain the information of the first user equipment according to the pre-configuration. information.
  • the information of the first user equipment includes first type information, where the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type, and the first user equipment accesses the network through the access function network element.
  • pre-configuration can be predefined by the operator or the manager, that is, the operator or the manager provides the information of the user equipment to the user management function network element, so that the user management function network element can use the user equipment in the subsequent connection establishment process. All or part of the information is provided to the access function network element.
  • the information of the first user equipment may further optionally include identification (identify, ID) information of the first user equipment and/or authentication information of the first user equipment.
  • the identification information of the first user equipment used to identify the first user equipment may be the identification of the first user equipment, or the identification information of the first user equipment may also be other information that can be used to identify the first user equipment; similarly , the first type information is used to indicate the type of user equipment of the first user equipment, which may be a user equipment type (PUE type), or the first type information may also be other information that can be used to indicate the type of user equipment; the first user equipment
  • PUE type user equipment type
  • the authentication information of the device is information required for authenticating whether the first user device is a legitimate device.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 3 may also include:
  • the user management function network element acquires information of the first user equipment.
  • the access function network element is locally preconfigured with the first type of information.
  • the access function network element may acquire the information of the first user equipment according to the pre-configuration, and the information of the first user equipment includes the first type information.
  • the access function network element may acquire the first type of information from other devices.
  • the specific implementation manner for the access function network element to obtain the first type of information is not limited.
  • the access function network element receives the first message from the user management function network element, and the first message includes the first message.
  • One type of information is described as an example. That is, in this manner, the method flow shown in FIG. 3 further includes:
  • the access function network element receives the first type information from the user management function network element.
  • the access function network element receives the first message from the user management function network element, or the user management function network element sends the first message to the access function network element.
  • the first message includes first type information.
  • the access function network element may be the PNA shown in FIG. 2
  • the user management function network element may be the AAA shown in FIG. 2
  • the first user equipment may be the PUE shown in FIG. 2 . It can be understood that the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by this embodiment of the present application can be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application can be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the method for establishing a user plane connection can also be applied to other network architectures, as long as the network architecture includes network elements capable of implementing the functions of the network elements involved in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first type corresponds to at least one user equipment.
  • the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment, a total of N user equipments all belong to the first type, and the first type corresponds to N user equipments.
  • a user equipment may belong to one or more types at the same time.
  • the user equipment can be divided into different types (or categories) according to the service requirements of the user equipment.
  • the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment a total of N user equipments transmit the same service or perform the same service and have the same or similar control requirements for the service
  • the first user equipment, The second user equipment...the Nth user equipment is divided into the same user equipment type (such as the above-mentioned first type).
  • the user equipment may be divided into different user equipment types according to service characteristics of the user equipment.
  • the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment a total of N user equipment service packages have the same or similar size (or the service package size meets a preset condition)
  • the first user equipment, The second user equipment...the Nth user equipment is classified into the same user equipment type.
  • the user equipment may be divided into different user equipment types according to the category of the user equipment.
  • the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment a total of N user equipments all belong to VR devices
  • the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment can be divided into the same A user device type.
  • service requirements for user equipment in vertical industries are usually relatively fixed, so the method for establishing a connection provided in this application can be applied to provide service communication connections for vertical industries.
  • the method for establishing a connection provided in this application is not limited to be applied to vertical industries.
  • the above-mentioned first message may be an authentication message.
  • the first message is an AAA protocol message.
  • the user management function network element sends the above-mentioned first type information to the access function network element in the authentication process.
  • the first message further includes authentication success information, where the authentication success information is used to indicate that the authentication of the first user equipment is completed.
  • the first message includes authentication success information and first type information.
  • the authentication success information is used to indicate that the authentication of the first user equipment is successful.
  • the authentication success information may be EAP success (EAP success) information.
  • the access function network element may send a second message to the user management function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, and the authentication information is used to instruct initiating an authentication of the first user equipment. Certification process.
  • the above-mentioned first message may be other interaction messages between the user management function network element and the access function network element.
  • the first message is signaling between the newly added user management function network element and the access function network element for transmitting the first type of information
  • the first message may multiplex a certain signaling between the user management function network element and the access function network element, and add a new information element (the first type of information) in the signaling.
  • the first message is an authentication message
  • an authentication process between the user management function network element and the access function network element may be performed.
  • the access function network element may store the first type information locally.
  • the access function network element stores the first type of information in the context of the first user equipment.
  • the access function network element can acquire first control information corresponding to the first type of information, where the first control information is used to instruct the access function network element how to establish a user plane connection with the first user equipment , the method flow shown in Figure 3 also includes:
  • the access function network element acquires first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
  • the first control information is applicable to user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type, that is, applicable to the first user equipment.
  • the access function network element may determine, based on the first control information, to establish a user plane connection for the user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type.
  • the first control information includes at least one of the following information:
  • Service quality control information Service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, business profile information or business information.
  • the QoS control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service, including information indicating characteristics such as delay, packet loss rate, rate, scheduling priority, and packet loss priority.
  • the packet loss priority is used by the network to determine the packet loss sequence when discarding data packets;
  • the service quality control information may correspond to service information, that is, service quality control information indicating a service corresponding to the service information.
  • Security control information is used to indicate security policies.
  • the security policy is used to indicate whether encryption protection or integrity protection is enabled on the user plane and/or the signaling plane.
  • a security policy includes two types of information. One type of information includes whether encryption protection is required, preferred, or not needed; the other type of information includes integrity protection. (required), preferred, or not needed.
  • the security policy includes a user plane security policy (for determining a user plane security protection method) and/or a signaling plane security policy.
  • the security policy of the user plane is used to indicate whether to enable the encryption protection of the user plane and/or the integrity protection of the user plane.
  • the security policy of the control plane is used to indicate whether to enable the encryption protection of the control plane and/or the integrity protection of the control plane.
  • the user plane security policy includes two types of information.
  • One type of information includes whether user plane encryption protection is required, preferred, or not needed; the other type of information includes user plane encryption protection. Integrity protection is required, preferred, or not needed.
  • the user plane security policy includes two types of information, wherein one type of information includes whether user plane encryption protection must be enabled (required) or not (not needed); the other type of information includes whether user plane integrity protection must be enabled. (required) or not needed (not needed).
  • the security control information may correspond to service information, that is, security control information indicating a service corresponding to the service information.
  • the security control information may also include security algorithm information, which is used to indicate the security algorithms supported and used by at least one user equipment corresponding to the user equipment type, including encryption algorithms and integrity protection algorithms.
  • the security control information corresponds to the user equipment type, and indicates the security control information of the user equipment corresponding to the user equipment type.
  • the mobility control information is used to indicate a mobility policy of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type.
  • a mobility policy may be identified by an access area.
  • the mobility control information may include area information that the user equipment can access or areas to which access is restricted.
  • the service profile information is used to indicate a rule for user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type to access services or perform service transmission.
  • the rules of accessing services the time to start accessing the service, the time to end the access to the service, and so on.
  • the business portrait information may correspond to business information, that is, portrait information indicating a business corresponding to the business information.
  • the service information is used to indicate the information of the service transmitted by the user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type, and the service information can be used to assist in determining how to establish a connection or control the established connection.
  • the service information includes service filtering information and/or service characteristic information.
  • Service filtering information includes information such as IP address, port number, protocol type, etc. for IP-type data connections; and for Ethernet-type data connections, including MAC address, Ethernet type, and IP type filtering information (Ether type packet encapsulation information). can be included when the payload is IP type); service characteristic information includes transmission characteristics (such as packet transmission interval), service opening characteristics (such as when the service is transmitted, etc.), packet size, and service characteristic information can be defined separately or as service quality control information a part of.
  • the access function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information in the following possible ways:
  • the access function network element acquires first control information corresponding to the first type of information from at least one control information.
  • the at least one control information includes the first control information.
  • the access function network element locally stores at least one control information, and the at least one control information includes control information #1, control information #2, ... control information #N. It should be understood that the access function network element can obtain first control information corresponding to the first type of information from at least one piece of control information. For example, each control information in the N pieces of control information includes one type of information, and the access function The network element can compare the received first type information with N types of information, and obtain control information including the first type information. For example, if the type information included in the control information #1 is the first type information, then the first control The information is control information #1.
  • the access function network element obtains at least one control information, including the following possibilities:
  • the access function network element is locally configured with the at least one control information.
  • the access function network element receives the at least one control information from the user management function network element.
  • the access function network element receives the at least one control information from the network management function network element.
  • the access function network element receives the first control information from the user management function network element.
  • the access function network element sends the first type of information to the user management function network element, the user management function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and sends the first control information to Access functional network elements.
  • the sending of the first type of information by the access function network element to the user management function network element may be: the access function network element sends a first request message to the user management function network element, where the first request message includes the first type of information. information.
  • the user management function network element sending the first control information to the access function network element may be: the user management function network element sends a first response message to the access function network element, where the first response message includes the first control information.
  • the premise that the user management function network element can send the first control information to the access function network element in the second way is that the user management function network element obtains the first control information from the network management function network element.
  • the user management function network element obtains the first control information from the network management function network element, including the following two possibilities:
  • the user management function network element obtains the first type of information, and before acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type of information based on the first type information, the user management function network element obtains at least from the network management function network element. a control message.
  • the first control information corresponding to the first type may also be referred to as the first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
  • the first type may be indicated by the first type information.
  • the at least one control information includes first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
  • the user management function network element may obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type of information according to the stored at least one control information and the received first type information information.
  • acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type of information includes:
  • the user management function network element determines that at least one control information includes first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
  • the user management function network element determines, according to the first type information, whether the locally stored at least one control information includes the first control information corresponding to the received first type information, that is, compares the first type information with the locally stored at least one control information
  • the control information included in the information is compared with the corresponding type information respectively.
  • the user management function network element acquires the first control information from the at least one control information.
  • the user management function network element locally stores at least one control information, and the at least one control information includes control information #1, control information #2, ... control information #N.
  • the N pieces of control information respectively include N pieces of type information, and the user management function network element compares the received first type information with the N pieces of information, and determines the control information including the first type information, for example, control information#
  • the type information included in 1 is the first type information
  • the first control information is control information #1
  • the first response message sent by the user management function network element to the access function network element includes the control information #1.
  • the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is obtained from the network management function network element.
  • the user management function network element sends the first type of information to the network management function network element, the network management function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and sends the first control information to User management function network element.
  • the user management function network element sends the first type information to the network management function network element.
  • the network management function network element obtains first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and sends the first control information to the user management function network element;
  • the user management function network element locally stores at least one control information, and the at least one control information includes control information #1, control information #2, ... control information #N.
  • the N pieces of control information respectively include N pieces of type information, and the user management function network element compares the received first type information with the N pieces of type information, and determines that there is no first control corresponding to the first type information in the N pieces of control information information.
  • the user management function network element may acquire the first control information corresponding to the first type of information from the network management function network element.
  • the at least one control information stored locally by the user management function network element is acquired from the network management function network element.
  • the sending of the first type of information by the user management function network element to the network management function network element may be: the user management function network element sends the fourth message to the network management function network element, or the network management function network element receives a message from the user.
  • the fourth message of the management function network element is used to request to obtain first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and the fourth message includes the first type of information.
  • the network management function network element sending the first control information to the user management function network element may be: in response to the fourth message, the network management function network element sends the first control information to the user management function network element, or in other words, the user The management function network element receives the first control information from the network management function network element.
  • the user management function network element may also include the first control information in the above-mentioned first message, and the access function network element can obtain the first control information after receiving the first message, without the need for Then request the first control information from the user management function network element.
  • the access function network element does not need to send the first type of information to the user management function network element to request the first control information, that is, the first request message and the fourth control information. Messages and their response messages can be omitted.
  • the user management function network element may determine whether to include in the first message according to the state or flag of the locally stored control information (for example, indicating whether the control information is sent to the access function network element). first control information.
  • the user management function network element when the user management function network element sends the first type of information to the access function network element through the above-mentioned first message during the authentication process, the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is simultaneously delivered.
  • the access function network element may use the first control information to establish a user plane connection with the first user equipment.
  • the access function network element receives the first control information from the network management function network element.
  • the access function network element sends the first type of information to the network management function network element, the network management function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and sends the first control information to Access functional network elements.
  • the sending of the first type of information by the access function network element to the network management function network element may be: the access function network element sends a second request message to the network management function network element, where the second request message includes the first type of information. information.
  • the sending of the first control information by the network management function network element to the access function network element may be: the network management function network element sends a second response message to the access function network element, where the second response message includes the first control information. information.
  • the network element of the network management function locally stores at least one piece of control information, and the at least one piece of control information includes control information #1, control information #2, ... control information #N.
  • the N pieces of control information respectively include N pieces of type information, and the network management function network element compares the received first type information with the N pieces of information, and determines the control information including the first type information, for example, control information#
  • the type information included in 1 is the first type information
  • the first control information is control information #1
  • the second response message sent by the network management function network element to the access function network element includes the control information #1.
  • the at least one control information obtained by the access function network element and the user management function network element may be obtained from the network management function network element.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 3 also includes:
  • the network management function network element acquires first control information corresponding to the first type.
  • acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type by the network management function network element includes: acquiring, by the network management function network element, at least one piece of control information, where the at least one control information includes the first control information.
  • the operator or the manager provides at least one control information to the network management function network element.
  • the enterprise configures at least one control information to the network management function network element through the P4 interface.
  • the network management function network element can directly send the first control information to the access function network element, or the network management function network element can directly send the first control information.
  • the first control information may be sent to the access function network element through the user management function network element.
  • the network management function network element may directly send the first control information to the access function network element, which may be the network management function network element sending the first control information to the access function network element, or may be the network management function network element sending the first control information to the access function network element.
  • the access function network element sends at least one piece of first control information, where the at least one piece of first control information includes the first control information.
  • sending the first control information by the network management function network element to the access function network element through the user management function network element includes:
  • the network management function network element sends the first control information to the user management function network element
  • the network management function network element sends at least one piece of first control information to the user management function network element, where the at least one first control information includes the first control information.
  • the access function network element can establish a user plane connection with the first user equipment based on the first control information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 3 further includes:
  • the access function network element establishes a user plane connection with the first user equipment according to the first control information.
  • the access function network element establishes a user plane radio resource connection with the first user equipment according to the first control information obtained in S320.
  • establishing a radio resource connection on the user plane includes controlling (including establishing, modifying or deleting) a data radio bearer with the first user equipment according to the quality of service control information in the first control information;
  • establishing the radio resource connection of the user plane further includes controlling (including establishing, modifying or deleting) the security protection of the user plane with the first user equipment according to the security control information in the first control information;
  • the access function network element may also determine, according to the service profile information in the first control information, to initiate a user plane connection configuration process to the first user equipment at a specific time or before the specific time, and dynamically control (including establishing, modifying, and or delete) the user plane connection of the first user equipment.
  • the access function network element After the access function network element obtains the first control information, it can store the first control information locally, and when receiving a user plane connection establishment request of a user equipment whose user type is the first type, the first control information can be used based on the first control information. A user plane connection is established for user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type.
  • the access function network element receives a fifth message from the second user equipment, where the fifth message is used to request the establishment of a user plane connection, and the access function network element is the second user according to the first control information.
  • the device establishes a user plane connection, wherein the user type of the second user equipment is the first type.
  • the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by this application can divide user equipment into different types according to different service requirements, and establish a user plane for the same type of user equipment based on the control information corresponding to the type of user equipment. connection. Since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for establishing user plane connections of these user equipments can be multiplexed.
  • the access function network element can use the stored first control information to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment, without the need to obtain the information from the core network for each user equipment.
  • the control information required for establishing the user plane connection simplifies the process of establishing the user plane connection, improves the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment, and realizes the optimization of the communication.
  • the above-mentioned PNA may be the PNA shown in FIG. 2
  • the AAA may be the AAA shown in FIG. 2
  • the first PUE may be the PUE shown in FIG. 2
  • the PNM may be the one shown in FIG. 2 . PNM.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first user equipment takes the first PUE as an example
  • the access function network element takes the PNA as an example
  • the user management function network element takes the AAA as an example
  • the network management function network element takes the PNM as an example
  • the above-mentioned first message takes the authentication message as an example
  • the above-mentioned S320 in which the PNA obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is the method described in the first mode as an example
  • the method for establishing a user plane connection shown in FIG. 4 is used as an example. At least some of the following steps are included:
  • AAA obtains first type information.
  • S411 may refer to the description of S312, which will not be repeated here.
  • the PNA receives the RRC establishment request message from the first PUE.
  • the RRC setup request message includes the identifier of the first PUE.
  • the PNA triggers the authentication process.
  • the PNA triggers the authentication process according to the received RRC setup request message.
  • the PNA may determine to trigger the authentication process of the first PUE according to the identifier of the first PUE in the RRC setup request message.
  • the authentication process may include the following S414, S415, S416, S417, S410 and S419.
  • the PNA sends the first RRC message to the first PUE.
  • the first RRC message includes authentication request information.
  • the authentication request information is extensible authentication protocol (extensible authentication protocol, EAP) request (request) information.
  • EAP extensible authentication protocol
  • EAP is only an example, and does not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the authentication process, and reference may be made to the description in the current related art.
  • the first PUE sends a second RRC message to the PNA.
  • the second RRC message includes authentication information.
  • Authentication information is also referred to as identification information for triggering authentication.
  • the authentication information includes the identification information of the first PUE, such as a user permanent identifier (Subscription Permanent Identifier, SUPI), a user encryption identifier (Subscription Concealed Identifier, SUCI), an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) , the user name of the first PUE, or the network access identifier (Network Access Identifier, NAI), etc.
  • a user permanent identifier Subscribescription Permanent Identifier, SUPI
  • SUCI Subscriber Identity
  • IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • NAI Network Access Identifier
  • the second RRC message includes an EAP response (EAP response) message
  • the EAP response message includes authentication information.
  • the PNA requests the first PUE for identification information for triggering authentication as an example for description.
  • the request of the PNA to obtain the authentication response information from the first PUE is only an example, and does not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of this application.
  • the first PUE may also actively report an identification information for triggering authentication to the PNA (for example, the RRC establishment request message in the above S412 includes an identification for authentication) without the PNA requesting the first PUE to report.
  • the PNA sends the second message to the AAA, or the AAA receives the second message from the PNA.
  • the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the above-mentioned first PUE, where the authentication information is used to instruct the AAA to initiate an authentication process.
  • the authentication process includes performing authentication message interaction between the first PUE and the AAA, and the method process shown in FIG. 4 further includes:
  • Authentication messages are exchanged between the first PUE and the AAA to perform bidirectional authentication.
  • the authentication message may be an EAP message.
  • the PNA receives the first message from the AAA, or the AAA sends the first message to the PNA.
  • the AAA determines that the user type to which the first PUE belongs is the first type according to the authentication information included in the second message.
  • the first message includes first type information and authentication success information.
  • the PNA After the PNA receives the first message, it can obtain the first type of information.
  • the PNA may store the first type of information, and notify the first PUE that the authentication is successful.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 4 may also be include:
  • the PNA stores the first type of information.
  • the PNA stores the first type of information in the context of the first PUE.
  • the PNA obtains the first type information, and S311 is implemented.
  • the PNA sends a third RRC message to the first PUE.
  • the third RRC message includes authentication success information.
  • the authentication success information is EAP success (EAP success) information.
  • the PNA acquires first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
  • the PNA acquires first control information corresponding to the first type of information from at least one control information.
  • the at least one control information includes the first control information.
  • S420 includes the following possibilities:
  • the PNA is locally configured with the at least one control information.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 4 may also include:
  • the PNA is configured with at least one piece of control information.
  • the PNA may acquire at least one piece of control information according to the pre-configuration, where the at least one piece of control information includes the above-mentioned first control information.
  • the "pre-configuration" may be predefined by the protocol, that is, the protocol definition provides at least one control information to the PNA, so that the PNA can obtain the corresponding control information based on the obtained type information in the subsequent connection establishment process.
  • the PNA receives the at least one control information from the AAA.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 4 may further include:
  • the PNA receives at least one control information from the AAA, or in other words, the AAA sends at least one control information to the PNA.
  • S422 may be combined with S410, that is, the PNA receives the first message from the AAA, and the first message includes the first type information and the first control information.
  • the PNA receives the at least one control information from the PNM.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 4 may further include:
  • the PNA receives at least one piece of control information from the PNM, or in other words, the PNM sends at least one piece of control information to the PNA.
  • the PNA stores the first control information corresponding to the first type, and through S420, the PNA obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type, and S320 is implemented.
  • the PNA can establish a user plane connection with the first PUE based on the first control information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 4 further includes:
  • the PNA establishes a user plane connection with the first PUE according to the first control information.
  • S430 may include the following steps:
  • the PNA sends an access stratum (access stratum, AS) security mode command to the first PUE.
  • access stratum access stratum, AS
  • the PNA establishes the security of the signaling plane according to the acquired security control information in the first control information.
  • AS security mode commands include integrity algorithms and/or encryption algorithms.
  • the AS security mode command includes a user plane key deduction instruction, which is used to indicate whether to deduce the encryption key and/or the integrity protection key of the user plane.
  • the user plane security key derivation instruction may be the security control information indicating that the user plane encryption protection and integrity protection are not enabled (or not required), then the PNA does not need to generate the user plane encryption key and guaranteed protection. key, including the user plane security key derivation instruction in the command.
  • the security control information includes the integrity algorithm and/or encryption algorithm supported by the first PUE.
  • the PNA determines the integrity algorithm and/or the encryption algorithm used in the communication between the PNA and the first PUE according to the integrity algorithm and/or the encryption algorithm supported by the first PUE.
  • the first PUE sends an AS security mode completion message to the PNA.
  • S431-S432 are optional, that is, the AS security mode message interaction is optional.
  • the PNA sends an RRC configuration message to the first PUE.
  • the PNA establishes a user plane radio resource connection with the first PUE according to the acquired first control information to generate configuration information of the data radio bearer.
  • Establishing a radio resource connection on the user plane includes establishing a data radio bearer with the first PUE according to the quality of service control information in the first control information.
  • the PNA sends the configuration information of the data radio bearer to the first PUE.
  • the RRC configuration message includes data radio configuration information, for example, including uplink service filtering information, priority information, or downlink service filtering information.
  • the RRC configuration message may also include user plane security configuration information, such as a user plane integrity protection indication and/or an encryption protection indication.
  • the data wireless configuration information is used for the PUE to configure the user plane connection
  • the user plane security configuration information is used to instruct the PUE to activate the integrity protection or/and encryption protection of the user plane
  • the service filtering information is used to identify the data packets on the PUE
  • the information is used to indicate the matching order of the service filtering information.
  • the PNA locally stores the correspondence between the downlink service filtering information and the data radio bearer (referred to as the downlink correspondence), and the correspondence between the uplink service filtering information and the data radio bearer (referred to as the uplink correspondence);
  • the data packet is sent to the first PUE using the matched data radio bearer according to the corresponding relationship of the downlink;
  • the PNA When the PNA receives the uplink data packet from the first PUE, it verifies whether the received data packet is transmitted using the correct data radio bearer according to the uplink correspondence. If so, it continues to transmit the received uplink data packet. If not, then Drop received packets.
  • the first PUE sends an RRC configuration complete message to the PNA.
  • the PNA may initiate a connection update process to the first PUE according to the corresponding information, so as to ensure that the first PUE uses the correct control information to establish a user plane connection.
  • the PNA may also determine, according to the service profile information in the control information, to initiate an RRC configuration process to the PUE at a specific time, and dynamically establish a user plane connection for the PUE. For example, after the PNA obtains the control information, it is determined according to the service profile information in the control information to establish a user plane connection with the PUE before the service starts. Based on the service profile information, the PNA initiates an RRC configuration process within a preset time period to establish a user plane connection for the PUE, thereby ensuring that no additional signaling is required to trigger the PNA to establish a user plane connection for the PUE.
  • the PNA After the PNA acquires the first control information, it can store the first control information locally. When receiving a user plane connection establishment request from another PUE whose user type is the first type, it can be based on the first control information as the user equipment type. User plane connections are established for other PUEs of the first type.
  • the PNA receives a fifth message from the second PUE, where the fifth message is used to request the establishment of a user plane connection, and the PNA establishes a user plane connection for the second PUE according to the first control information, wherein the second user equipment
  • the user type of is the first type.
  • the PNA may obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type from the preconfigured or obtained at least one control information based on the first type to which the first PUE belongs, and according to the first control information Establish a user plane connection. Since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for establishing user plane connections of these user equipments can be multiplexed. Therefore, in the method for establishing user plane connections provided by the embodiments of the present application, the The access function network element stores the first control information required for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment of the first type.
  • the access function network element can use its stored first control information to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment, without the need for each user equipment to obtain its establishment user from the core network.
  • the control information required for the plane connection is simplified, the process of establishing the user plane connection is simplified, the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment is improved, and the optimization of the communication is realized.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first user equipment takes the first PUE as an example
  • the access function network element takes PNA as an example
  • the user management function network element takes AAA as an example
  • the network management function network element takes PNM as an example.
  • the above-mentioned first message takes the authentication message as an example
  • the above-mentioned S320 in which the PNA obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is the method described in the second method, for example, the method shown in FIG. 5 is used to establish a user plane
  • the connection method includes at least some of the following steps:
  • the AAA obtains the first type of information.
  • S511 can refer to the description of S311, which is not repeated here.
  • the PNA receives the RRC establishment request message from the first PUE.
  • the PNA triggers the authentication process.
  • S513 can refer to the description of S413, which is not repeated here.
  • the authentication process may specifically include the following S514, S515, S516, S517, S510, and S519.
  • the PNA sends the first RRC message to the first PUE.
  • the first PUE sends a second RRC message to the PNA.
  • the PNA sends the second message to the AAA, or the AAA receives the second message from the PNA.
  • the PNA receives the first message from the AAA, or the AAA sends the first message to the PNA.
  • S510 may refer to the description of S310, which will not be repeated here.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 5 may also include:
  • the PNA stores the first type of information.
  • S518 can refer to the description of S418, which is not repeated here.
  • the PNA obtains the first type information, and S311 is implemented.
  • the PNA sends a third RRC message to the first PUE.
  • S520 The PNA acquires first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
  • the PNA sends a first request message to the AAA, requesting the AAA to provide the above-mentioned first control information.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 5 may further include:
  • the PNA sends the first request message to the AAA, or in other words, the AAA receives the first request message from the PNA.
  • the first request message includes first type information, instructing the AAA to provide first control information corresponding to the first type information.
  • the PNA receives the first response message from the AAA, or in other words, the AAA sends the first response message to the PNA.
  • the first response message includes first control information.
  • the premise that the AAA can send the first response message including the first control information to the PNA is that the AAA obtains the first control information from the PNM.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 5 may also include:
  • the AAA receives the first control information from the PNM, or in other words, the PNM sends the first control information to the AAA.
  • the AAA obtaining the first control information from the PNM includes the following two possibilities:
  • the AAA obtains the first type information through the above-mentioned S521 and needs to obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type information based on the first type information, the AAA obtains at least one control information including at least one control information from the PNM. a control message.
  • the at least one control information includes first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 5 may further include the following steps:
  • the AAA receives at least one control information from the PNM, or in other words, the PNM sends at least one control information to the AAA.
  • the AAA stores the at least one control information.
  • the at least one control information includes at least one control information.
  • the S524 may be executed before the S510 is executed, or the S524 may be executed at other times, and the specific execution time is not limited, and the first type of information needs to be obtained according to the first type of information received in S521.
  • the at least one control information may be acquired before the first control information corresponding to the type information.
  • the AAA may acquire first control information corresponding to the first type of information according to the at least one piece of control information and the first type of information received in S521.
  • acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type of information includes:
  • the AAA obtains the first control information from at least one control information.
  • the AAA determines, according to the first type information, that the at least one locally stored control information includes the first control information corresponding to the received first type information. That is, the first type of information is compared with the control information respectively corresponding to the control information included in the at least one locally stored control information.
  • the AAA acquires the first control information corresponding to the first type information from the PNM.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 5 may further include the following steps:
  • the AAA sends the fourth message to the PNM, or in other words, the PNM receives the fourth message from the AAA.
  • the fourth message is used to request to obtain first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and the fourth message includes the first type of information.
  • the PNM sends the first control information to the AAA, or in other words, the AAA receives the first control information from the PNM.
  • the PNM acquires first control information corresponding to the first type information according to the first type information in the fourth message, and sends the first control information to the AAA.
  • the AAA determines that the type information corresponding to a certain control information does not exist in the at least one locally stored control information as the first type information.
  • at least one control information stored locally by the AAA is obtained from the PNM.
  • the first control information corresponding to the first type is acquired and stored on the PNA, and S320 is implemented.
  • the PNA can establish a user plane connection with the first PUE based on the first control information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 5 further includes:
  • the PNA establishes a user plane connection with the first PUE according to the first control information.
  • S530 may include the following steps:
  • the PNA sends an AS security mode command to the first PUE.
  • the first PUE sends an AS security mode completion message to the PNA.
  • S532 can refer to the description of S432, which is not repeated here.
  • the PNA sends an RRC configuration message to the first PUE.
  • the first PUE sends an RRC configuration complete message to the PNA.
  • the PNA establishes a user plane connection for the first PUE, and S330 is implemented.
  • the PNA After the PNA acquires the first control information, it can store the first control information locally. When receiving a user plane connection establishment request from another PUE whose user type is the first type, it can be based on the first control information as the user equipment type. User plane connections are established for other PUEs of the first type.
  • the PNA receives a fifth message from the second PUE, where the fifth message is used to request the establishment of a user plane connection, and the PNA establishes a user plane connection for the second PUE according to the first control information, wherein the second user equipment
  • the user type of is the first type.
  • the PNA may obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type from the AAA based on the first type to which the first PUE belongs, and establish a user plane connection according to the first control information. Since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for establishing user plane connections of these user equipments can be multiplexed. Therefore, in the method for establishing user plane connections provided by the embodiments of the present application, the The access function network element stores the first control information required for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment of the first type.
  • the access function network element can use its stored first control information to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment, without the need for each user equipment to obtain its establishment user from the core network.
  • the control information required for the plane connection is simplified, the process of establishing the user plane connection is simplified, the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment is improved, and the optimization of the communication is realized.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the first user equipment takes the first PUE as an example
  • the access function network element takes PNA as an example
  • the user management function network element takes AAA as an example
  • the network management function network element takes PNM as an example.
  • the above-mentioned first message is taken as an example of an authentication message.
  • the PNA obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information in the manner described in the third method, and the method shown in FIG. 6 for establishing a user plane connection.
  • the method includes at least some of the following steps:
  • AAA obtains first type information.
  • S611 can refer to the description of S311, which is not repeated here.
  • the PNA receives the RRC establishment request message from the first PUE.
  • the PNA triggers the authentication process.
  • S613 can refer to the description of S413, which is not repeated here.
  • the PNA sends the first RRC message to the first PUE.
  • the first PUE sends a second RRC message to the PNA.
  • S615 can refer to the description of S415, which is not repeated here.
  • the PNA sends the second message to the AAA, or the AAA receives the second message from the PNA.
  • S616 can refer to the description of S416, which is not repeated here.
  • S617 can refer to the description of S417, which is not repeated here.
  • the PNA receives the first message from the AAA, or the AAA sends the first message to the PNA.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 6 may also include:
  • the PNA stores the first type of information.
  • S618 can refer to the description of S418, which is not repeated here.
  • the PNA sends a third RRC message to the first PUE.
  • S620 The PNA acquires first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
  • the PNA sends a second request message to the PNM to request the PNM to provide the above-mentioned second control information.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 6 may further include:
  • the PNA sends the second request message to the PNM, or the PNM receives the second request message from the PNA.
  • the second request message includes first type information, instructing the PNM to provide first control information corresponding to the first type information.
  • the PNA receives the second response message from the PNM, or in other words, the PNM sends the second response message to the PNA.
  • the second response message includes the first control information.
  • the PNA can establish a user plane connection with the first PUE based on the first control information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 6 further includes:
  • the PNA establishes a user plane connection with the first PUE according to the first control information.
  • S630 may include the following steps:
  • the PNA sends an AS security mode command to the first PUE.
  • S631 can refer to the description of S431, which is not repeated here.
  • the first PUE sends an AS security mode completion message to the PNA.
  • S632 can refer to the description of S432, which is not repeated here.
  • the PNA sends an RRC configuration message to the first PUE.
  • S633 can refer to the description of S433, which is not repeated here.
  • the first PUE sends an RRC configuration complete message to the PNA.
  • S634 can refer to the description of S434, which is not repeated here.
  • the PNA may obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type from the PNM based on the first type to which the first PUE belongs, and establish a user plane connection according to the first control information. Since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for establishing user plane connections of these user equipments can be multiplexed. Therefore, in the method for establishing user plane connections provided by the embodiments of the present application, the The access function network element stores the first control information required for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment of the first type.
  • the access function network element can use its stored first control information to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment, without the need for each user equipment to obtain its establishment user from the core network.
  • the control information required for the plane connection is simplified, the process of establishing the user plane connection is simplified, the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment is improved, and the optimization of the communication is realized.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a method for updating a user plane connection between a user equipment and an access function network element.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for updating a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the update process includes the following possibilities:
  • the user management function network element determines that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is changed.
  • the first user equipment is changed from a first type to a second type, the second type being different from the first type.
  • the first user equipment is classified into the first type according to the service requirements; after the service requirements are changed, the first user equipment is classified into the second type according to the service requirements type.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 7 includes:
  • the user management function network element determines that the user type of the first user equipment is the second type.
  • the second type is different from the first type described above.
  • the user management function network element determines the access function network element.
  • the user management function network element determines the access function network element serving the first user equipment. S720 optional.
  • the user management function network element sends the second type of information to the access function network element.
  • the second type information is used to indicate that the user type of the first user equipment is the second type.
  • the user management function network element After the user management function network element determines the access function network element serving the first user equipment, the user management function network element sends the second type of information to the access function network element serving the first user equipment.
  • the access function network element acquires second control information according to the second type of information.
  • the access function network element acquires the second control information according to the received updated information of the second type, and the specific acquisition method may refer to obtaining the first control information corresponding to the information of the first type described in S320 shown in FIG. 3 above. process, which will not be repeated here.
  • the access function network element updates the user plane connection according to the second control information.
  • the access function network element updating the user plane connection with the first user equipment may include updating the context of the user plane connection with the first user equipment according to the second control information, deleting the user plane connection with the first user equipment connection, or re-establish the user plane connection with the first user equipment.
  • updating the security protection method and/or the quality of service control policy of the user plane connection with the first user equipment For example, updating the security protection method and/or the quality of service control policy of the user plane connection with the first user equipment. Or, create a user plane connection with the first user equipment according to the service quality control policy in the second control information; or delete the user plane connection with the first user equipment according to the service quality control policy in the second control information connect.
  • both the first type and the second type correspond to the first control information.
  • the network management function network element determines that the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is changed.
  • the first control information is updated to third control information, and the third control information is different from the first control information.
  • the quality of service information included in the above-mentioned first control information is changed (eg, the packet loss priority becomes a high priority).
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 7 includes:
  • the network management function network element acquires third control information.
  • the network management function network element determines the access function network element.
  • the affected access function network element needs to be further determined.
  • the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is changed, the first type corresponding to the first control information includes N user equipments (the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment), and the N user equipments access the network through N access function network elements respectively, and when the first control information is changed, the network management function network element needs to determine the N access function network elements.
  • the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is changed, and the first type corresponding to the first control information includes N user equipments (the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment), and The N user equipments all access the network through a certain access function network element, and when the first control information is changed, the network management function network element only needs to determine the access function network element.
  • the network management function network element sends third control information to the access function network element.
  • the network management function network element when at least one access function network element is determined in S721, the network management function network element sends the third control information to the at least one access function network element respectively.
  • the access function network element determines the affected user equipment.
  • the access function network element determines which user equipments have user plane connections that need to be updated.
  • the first control information corresponding to the first type information is changed, the first type corresponding to the first type information includes N user equipments (the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment), and the N user equipments all access the network through a certain access function network element, and when the first control information is changed, after the access function network element receives the third control information, it determines the user plane connection requirements of the N user equipments renew.
  • the access function network element updates the user plane connection according to the third control information.
  • the access function network element updates the user plane connection with the affected user equipment based on the third control information.
  • the access function network element update and the user equipment, reference may be made to the description of S750.
  • the network management function network element determines that the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is changed.
  • the first control information is updated to third control information, and the third control information is different from the first control information.
  • the method flow shown in FIG. 7 includes:
  • the network management function network element acquires third control information.
  • the network management function network element determines the user management function network element.
  • the affected user management function network element needs to be further determined.
  • the network management function network element obtains the first control information and sends it to N user management function network elements respectively.
  • the N user management function network elements need to be notified.
  • the network management function network element sends third control information to the user management function network element.
  • the network management function network element when at least one user management function network element is determined in S722, the network management function network element sends the third control information to the at least one user management function network element respectively.
  • the user management function network element determines the affected access function network element.
  • the user management function network element obtains the first control information and sends it to N access function network elements respectively.
  • the N access function network elements need to be notified.
  • the user management function network element sends third control information to the access function network element.
  • the user management function network element when at least one access function network element is determined in S742, the user management function network element sends the third control information to the at least one access function network element respectively.
  • the access function network element determines the affected user equipment.
  • the access function network element determines which user equipments have user plane connections that need to be updated.
  • the first control information corresponding to the first type information is changed, the first type corresponding to the first type information includes N user equipments (the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment), and the N user equipments all access the network through a certain access function network element, and when the first control information is changed, after the access function network element receives the third control information, it determines the user plane connection requirements of the N user equipments renew.
  • the access function network element updates the user plane connection according to the third control information.
  • the access function network element updates the user plane connection with the affected user equipment based on the third control information.
  • the access function network element update and the user equipment, reference may be made to the description of S750.
  • the access function network element may initiate a connection update to the first user equipment according to the corresponding information process to ensure that the first user equipment uses correct control information to establish or update a user plane connection. Since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for these user equipment to establish user plane connections can be reused Therefore, in the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, the first required for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment of the first type is stored on the access function network element.
  • the access function network element can use the first control information stored in the access function network element for each user equipment to establish a user plane connection, it is not necessary to obtain the control information required for establishing a user plane connection from the core network for each user equipment, thereby simplifying the process of establishing a user plane connection and improving the communication system for user equipment. Efficiency, to achieve the optimization of communication.
  • the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application. . And it may not be necessary to perform all the operations in the above method embodiments.
  • exchange information between the above-mentioned network elements can also be relayed through a third-party network element (or equipment), and the name of the message between the above-mentioned network element and the third-party network element may change.
  • Sending is not limited, it can be sent directly or forwarded, and the message name is not limited.
  • the user equipment and/or network equipment in the above method embodiments may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments, these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also include performing other operations or variations of various operations .
  • the method implemented by the access function network element may also be implemented by a component (such as a chip or circuit, etc.) of the access function network element, and the method implemented by the user management function network element, It can also be implemented by components of the user management function network element.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 800 for establishing a user plane connection provided by the present application.
  • the apparatus 800 includes a processing unit 810 and an obtaining unit 820 .
  • the obtaining unit 820 is configured to obtain first type information, where the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type, and the first user equipment is connected through the access function network element. user equipment connected to the network.
  • the obtaining unit 820 is further configured to obtain first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and the device stores the first control information.
  • the processing unit 810 is further configured to establish a user plane connection for the first user equipment according to the first control information.
  • the processing unit 810 in the apparatus 800 is configured to execute the steps related to the processing corresponding to the access function network element in the method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 820 in the apparatus 800 performs the receiving step of the access function network element in the method embodiment.
  • the apparatus 800 may further include a sending unit 830, configured to perform the sending step of the access function network element.
  • the sending unit is configured to send a second message to the user management function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, where the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
  • the apparatus 800 corresponds to the access function network element in the method embodiment.
  • the apparatus 800 may be an access function network element in the method embodiment, or a chip or a function module inside the access function network element in the method embodiment.
  • the corresponding units of the apparatus 800 are configured to perform the corresponding steps performed by the access function network element in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 .
  • the acquiring unit 820 and the transmitting unit 830 can form a transceiving unit, and have the functions of receiving and transmitting at the same time.
  • the processing unit 810 may be at least one processor.
  • the sending unit may be a transmitter or an interface circuit
  • the acquiring unit 820 may be a receiver or an interface circuit.
  • the receiver and transmitter can be integrated together to form a transceiver or interface circuit.
  • the apparatus 800 may further include a storage unit, the storage unit is used to store data and/or signaling, the processing unit 810, the sending unit 830 and the receiving unit 820 may interact or couple with the storage unit, such as reading or calling the storage unit The data and/or signaling in the unit, so that the methods of the above-mentioned embodiments are performed.
  • the storage unit is used to store data and/or signaling
  • the processing unit 810, the sending unit 830 and the receiving unit 820 may interact or couple with the storage unit, such as reading or calling the storage unit The data and/or signaling in the unit, so that the methods of the above-mentioned embodiments are performed.
  • the above units may exist independently, or may be integrated in whole or in part.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an access function network element 900 suitable for this embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the above access function network element.
  • the access function network element 900 includes a processor 901, a memory 902 and a transceiver 903, wherein the memory 902 stores instructions or programs, and the processor 902 and the transceiver 903 are used to execute or call the instructions or programs stored in the memory 902, So that the access function network element 900 implements the function of the access function network element in the above method for establishing a user plane connection.
  • the transceiver 903 is used to perform the operations performed by the sending unit 830 and the receiving unit 820 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8
  • the processor 902 is used to perform the implementation shown in FIG. 8 .
  • FIG. 9 only shows one memory and a processor. In an actual user equipment, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1000 for establishing a user plane connection provided by the present application.
  • the apparatus 1000 includes an obtaining unit 1010 and a sending unit 1030 .
  • an obtaining unit 1010 configured to obtain information of the first user equipment, where the information of the first user equipment includes at least first type information, and the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type;
  • the sending unit 1030 is configured to send the first type information to the access function network element, where the first type information is used to obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type, wherein the first control information is stored in the access function network On the element, the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for the first user equipment.
  • the obtaining unit 1010 in the apparatus 1000 is configured to execute the steps corresponding to obtaining the user management function network element in the method embodiment.
  • the sending unit 1030 in the apparatus 1000 executes the sending step of the user management function network element in the method embodiment.
  • the apparatus 1000 may further include a receiving unit 1020, which performs the receiving step of the user management function network element in the method embodiment.
  • the receiving unit 1020 is configured to receive a second message from the access function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, where the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
  • the apparatus 1000 may further include a processing unit 1040, which executes the processing steps of the user management function network element in the method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 1040 is configured to acquire the first control information corresponding to the first type of information; the sending unit 1030 sends the first control information to the access function network element.
  • the apparatus 1000 corresponds to the user management function network element in the method embodiment.
  • the apparatus 1000 may be a user management function network element in the method embodiment, or a chip or a function module inside the user management function network element in the method embodiment.
  • Corresponding units of the apparatus 1000 are configured to perform the corresponding steps performed by the user management function network element in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 .
  • the receiving unit 1020 and the sending unit 1030 can form a transceiver unit, and have the functions of receiving and sending at the same time.
  • the processing unit 1040 may be at least one processor.
  • the sending unit 1030 may be a transmitter or an interface circuit, and the receiving unit 1020 may be a receiver or an interface circuit.
  • the receiver and transmitter can be integrated together to form a transceiver or interface circuit.
  • the apparatus 1000 may further include a storage unit, the storage unit is used to store data and/or signaling, the processing unit 1010, the sending unit and the receiving unit 1020 may interact or couple with the storage unit, for example, read or call the storage unit
  • the processing unit 1010, the sending unit and the receiving unit 1020 may interact or couple with the storage unit, for example, read or call the storage unit
  • the data and/or signaling in the above-mentioned embodiments are executed.
  • the above units may exist independently, or may be integrated in whole or in part.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a user management function network element 1100 applicable to this embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the above user management function network element.
  • the user management function network element 1100 includes a processor 1101, a memory 1102 and a transceiver 1103, wherein the memory 1102 stores instructions or programs, and the processor 1102 and the transceiver 1103 are used to execute or call the instructions or programs stored in the memory 1102, In order to make the user management function network element 1100 realize the function of the user management function network element in the above-mentioned method for establishing a user plane connection.
  • the transceiver 1103 is used to perform the operations performed by the sending unit 1030 and the receiving unit 1020 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10
  • the processor 1102 is used to perform the implementation shown in FIG. 10 .
  • FIG. 11 only shows one memory and a processor. In an actual user equipment, there may be multiple processors and memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another apparatus 1200 for establishing a user plane connection provided by the present application.
  • the apparatus 1200 includes an obtaining unit 1210 and a sending unit 1220 .
  • an obtaining unit 1210 used for first control information corresponding to the first type, where the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type;
  • the sending unit 1220 is configured to send the first control information corresponding to the first type to the access function network element.
  • the apparatus 1200 corresponds to the network management function network element in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 1200 may be the network management function network element in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the network management function network element in the method embodiment.
  • Corresponding units of the apparatus 1200 are configured to perform the corresponding steps performed by the network management function network element in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 .
  • the obtaining unit 1210 in the apparatus 1200 is configured to execute the steps corresponding to obtaining the network element of the network management function in the method embodiment.
  • the sending unit 1220 in the apparatus 1200 executes the sending step of the network management function network element in the method embodiment.
  • the apparatus 1200 may further include the processing unit 1230 executing the processing steps of the network management function network element in the method embodiment.
  • the processing unit 1230 is configured to obtain the first control information from the at least one control information based on the first type information
  • the sending unit 1220 sends the first control information to the access function network element.
  • the apparatus 1200 may further include a storage unit for storing data and/or signaling.
  • the processing unit 1230, the obtaining unit 1210, and the sending unit 1220 may interact or couple with the storage unit, for example, read or call the data in the storage unit. data and/or signaling so that the methods of the above-described embodiments are performed.
  • the above units may exist independently, or may be integrated in whole or in part.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a network management function network element 1300 suitable for this embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the network management function network element.
  • the network management function network element 1300 includes a processor 1301, a memory 1302 and a transceiver 1303, wherein the memory 1302 stores instructions or programs, and the processor 1302 and the transceiver 1303 are used to execute or call the instructions or programs stored in the memory 1302, In order to make the network management function network element 1300 realize the function of the network management function network element.
  • the transceiver 1303 is used to perform the operations performed by the sending unit 1220 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12
  • the processor 1302 is used to perform the processing in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 . Operations performed by unit 1230.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned access function network element, user management function network element, and network management function network element.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on the computer, the computer is made to execute the above-mentioned methods as shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 to access the Each step performed by a functional network element.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on the computer, the computer is made to execute the user management in the above-mentioned methods as shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 .
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on the computer, the computer is made to execute the network management in the above-mentioned methods as shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 . Each step performed by a functional network element.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer program product causes the computer to perform each step performed by the access function network element in the methods shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 .
  • the present application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer program product causes the computer to execute each step performed by the user management function network element in the methods shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 .
  • the present application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer program product causes the computer to perform various steps performed by the network management function network element in the methods shown in FIGS. 3 to 7 .
  • the present application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is configured to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the access function network element in the method for establishing a user plane connection provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used for reading and executing the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor acquires the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip, and the like.
  • the processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
  • the present application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is configured to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the user management function network element in the method for establishing a user plane connection provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used for reading and executing the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor acquires the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip, and the like.
  • the processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
  • the present application also provides a chip including a processor.
  • the processor is configured to read and run the computer program stored in the memory, so as to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the network element of the network management function in the method for establishing a user plane connection provided in this application.
  • the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used for reading and executing the computer program in the memory.
  • the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface.
  • the communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor acquires the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information.
  • the communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip, and the like.
  • the processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
  • the above-mentioned chip can also be replaced by a chip system, which will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual conditions to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution.
  • the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
  • the term "and/or” in this application is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time. , there are three cases of B alone.
  • the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or” relationship; the term “at least one” in this application can mean “one” and "two or more", for example, A At least one of , B, and C can mean: A alone exists, B exists alone, C exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, A and C exist simultaneously, C and B exist simultaneously, and A and B and C exist simultaneously. seven situations.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a method and apparatus for establishing a user plane connection. The method comprises: an access function network element acquiring first type information, wherein the first type information is used for indicating that a user type of a first user equipment accessing a network by means of the access function network element is a first type; and the access function network element acquiring first control information corresponding to the first type, wherein the access function network element stores the first control information, and the first control information is used for indicating how to establish a user plane connection with the first user equipment. In this way, control information required for establishing an air interface connection can be pre-configured for a user equipment of a certain type, user equipments having different service requirements are divided into different types, and a connection is established for user equipments of the same type, thereby simplifying the process of establishing a user plane connection, improving the efficiency of a communication system establishing a user plane connection for a user equipment, and realizing the optimization of communication.

Description

用于建立用户面连接的方法和装置Method and apparatus for establishing a user plane connection 技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及一种用于建立用户面连接的方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communications, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for establishing a user plane connection.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动宽带的普及,用户对移动网络的业务体验需求也在逐步提高。以4K/8K高清视频、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)/增强现实(augmented reality,AR)、实时游戏、在线商城等为代表的移动宽带业务对于宽带、时延和安全性的要求快速提升。为了满足这些业务需求,移动通信产业从第四代(4th generation,4G)向第五代(5th generation,5G)演进。With the popularization of mobile broadband, users' demands for service experience on mobile networks are gradually increasing. Mobile broadband services represented by 4K/8K high-definition video, virtual reality (VR)/augmented reality (AR), real-time games, and online shopping malls have rapidly increased requirements for broadband, latency and security. In order to meet these business demands, the mobile communication industry has evolved from the fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) to the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G).
除此之外,5G网络承载着支撑物联网和行业数字化转型的重任,社会寄希望于5G网络能够为各行各业提供统一的连接能力,支撑行业的快速数字化转型和业务创新。传统的用户业务(to customer,2C)需求各异,垂直行业(to business,2B)用户的业务需求往往是较为固定的。基于此可以考虑针对类似于垂直行业的业务特点进行通信优化。In addition, the 5G network bears the heavy responsibility of supporting the Internet of Things and the digital transformation of the industry. The society hopes that the 5G network can provide a unified connection capability for all walks of life and support the rapid digital transformation and business innovation of the industry. Traditional user business (to customer, 2C) has different needs, and vertical industry (to business, 2B) users' business needs are often relatively fixed. Based on this, communication optimization can be considered for business characteristics similar to vertical industries.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请提供了一种用于建立用户面连接的方法和装置,能够实现通信的优化。The present application provides a method and apparatus for establishing a user plane connection, which can realize optimization of communication.
第一方面,提供了一种用于建立用户面连接的方法,该用于建立用户面连接的方法可以由接入功能网元执行,或者,也可以由设置于接入功能网元中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In a first aspect, a method for establishing a user plane connection is provided, and the method for establishing a user plane connection can be performed by an access function network element, or can also be performed by a chip provided in the access function network element or circuit execution, which is not limited in this application.
该用于建立用户面连接的方法包括:The method for establishing a user plane connection includes:
接入功能网元获取第一类型信息,该第一类型信息用于指示第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第一类型,该第一用户设备为通过该接入功能网元接入网络的用户设备;该接入功能网元获取该第一类型对应的第一控制信息,该接入功能网元存有该与第一类型对应的第一控制信息;该接入功能网元根据该第一控制信息为该第一用户设备建立用户面连接。The access function network element acquires first type information, where the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type, and the first user equipment is a user accessing the network through the access function network element equipment; the access function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type, and the access function network element stores the first control information corresponding to the first type; the access function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type; The control information establishes a user plane connection for the first user equipment.
由于用户设备类型相同的用户设备具有相同或者相类似的业务需求,这些用户设备建立用户面连接的控制信息可以复用,因此在本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法中,通过在接入功能网元上保存有用于为用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接所需的第一控制信息,因而当用户设备类型为第一类型的多个用户设备通过该接入功能网元接入网络时,接入功能网元可以使用其存有的第一控制信息为每个用户设备分别建立用户面连接,而无需针对每个用户设备分别从核心网获取其建立用户面连接所需的控制信息,从而简化了建立用户面连接的流程,提高了通信系统为用户设备建立用户面连接的效率,实现了通信的优化。Since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for establishing user plane connections of these user equipments can be multiplexed. Therefore, in the method for establishing user plane connections provided by the embodiments of the present application, the The access function network element stores the first control information required for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment of the first type. Therefore, when multiple user equipments of the first type pass through the connection When the access function network element accesses the network, the access function network element can use its stored first control information to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment, without the need for each user equipment to obtain its establishment user from the core network. The control information required for the plane connection is simplified, the process of establishing the user plane connection is simplified, the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment is improved, and the optimization of the communication is realized.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一控制信息中包括以下信息中的至少一种:服务质量控制信息、安全控制信息、移动性控制信息、业务画像信息或业务信 息,其中,该服务质量控制信息用于指示无线空口业务的传输控制策略,该安全控制信息用于指示安全策略,该移动性控制信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备的移动策略,该业务信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备传输的业务,该业务画像信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备访问业务或进行业务传输的规律。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first control information includes at least one of the following information: service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, service profile information or service information, where the quality of service control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service, the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy, and the mobility control information is used to indicate the movement of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type Policy, the service information is used to indicate the service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, and the service portrait information is used to indicate the rule of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accessing the service or performing service transmission.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,建立用户面连接所需的控制信息包括以上多种信息中的一种或多种,可以使得接入功能网元能够为具有相同用户设备类型的用户设备建立满足其业务需求的用户面连接,无需等到该用户设备触发业务时再从核心网获取该用户设备该业务相关的上述信息,简化了建立连接的流程,提高了通信系统为用户设备建立用户面连接的效率,实现了通信的优化。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, the control information required for establishing a user plane connection includes one or more of the above information, which can enable the access function network elements to have the same user equipment A type of user equipment establishes a user plane connection that meets its service requirements, and does not need to wait until the user equipment triggers the service to obtain the above-mentioned information related to the service of the user equipment from the core network, which simplifies the connection establishment process and improves the communication system for users. The efficiency of the device establishing the user plane connection realizes the optimization of the communication.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,接入功能网元接收来自用户管理功能网元的第一消息,该第一消息中包括第一类型信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the access function network element receives a first message from the user management function network element, where the first message includes first type information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一消息中还包括认证成功信息,该认证成功信息用于指示该第一用户设备认证完成,该方法还包括:该接入功能网元向该用户管理功能网元发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括该第一用户设备对应的认证信息,该认证信息用于指示发起认证流程。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first message further includes authentication success information, where the authentication success information is used to indicate that the first user equipment is authenticated, and the method further includes: the access The functional network element sends a second message to the user management functional network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, where the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,可以在认证流程中将用户设备的类型信息下发给接入功能网元,只有在认证通过的场景下,才会获取用户设备的类型信息,保证只为合法的用户建立连接,提高方案的安全性。The method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application can deliver the type information of the user equipment to the access function network element in the authentication process, and the type of the user equipment will be obtained only in the scenario where the authentication is passed. information, to ensure that connections are only established for legitimate users, and to improve the security of the scheme.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该接入功能网元获取该第一类型对应的第一控制信息包括:该接入功能网元从至少一个控制信息中获取与该第一类型信息相对应的该第一控制信息;或者,该接入功能网元向该用户管理功能网元发送该第一类型信息;该接入功能网元接收来自该用户管理功能网元的该第一控制信息;或者,该接入功能网元向网络管理功能网元发送该第一类型信息;该接入功能网元接收来自该网络管理功能网元的该第一控制信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the obtaining, by the access function network element, the first control information corresponding to the first type includes: the access function network element obtaining, from at least one control information, the first control information corresponding to the first type. The first control information corresponding to the first type of information; or, the access function network element sends the first type of information to the user management function network element; the access function network element receives the information from the user management function network element. the first control information; or, the access function network element sends the first type information to the network management function network element; the access function network element receives the first control information from the network management function network element.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,接入功能网元接收到第一类型信息之后,可以通过多种方式获取与第一类型对应的第一控制信息,提高方案的灵活性。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the first type of information, the access function network element can obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type in various ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution .
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该接入功能网元本地预配置有该至少一个控制信息;或者;该接入功能网元接收来自该用户管理功能网元的该至少一个控制信息;或者;该接入功能网元接收来自该网络管理功能网元的该至少一个控制信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the access function network element is locally preconfigured with the at least one control information; or; the access function network element receives information from the user management the at least one control information of the function network element; or; the access function network element receives the at least one control information from the network management function network element.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,接入功能网元从至少一个控制信息中获取第一控制信息的情况下,已经获取的至少一个控制信息可以是通过多种方式获取的,提高方案的灵活性。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by this embodiment of the present application, when the access function network element acquires the first control information from at least one control information, the at least one acquired control information may be acquired in various ways , to improve the flexibility of the program.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该接入功能网元接收来自该第一用户设备的第三消息,该第三消息用于请求建立无线资源连接,该第三消息中包括该第一用户设备的标识。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the access function network element receiving a third message from the first user equipment, where the third message is used to request the establishment of a radio resource connection , and the third message includes the identifier of the first user equipment.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法应用于用户面连接建立的流程中。The method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to the process of establishing a user plane connection.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该接入功能网元根据该第一控制信息为该第一用户设备建立用户面连接包括:该接入功能网元基于该第一控制信息确定与该第 一用户设备之间的数据无线承载;该接入功能网元向该第一用户设备发送无线资源配置消息,该无线资源配置消息中包括该数据无线承载的配置信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the access function network element establishing a user plane connection for the first user equipment according to the first control information includes: the access function network element is based on the first control information. The control information determines a data radio bearer with the first user equipment; the access function network element sends a radio resource configuration message to the first user equipment, where the radio resource configuration message includes configuration information of the data radio bearer.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,接入功能网元与用户设备建立用户面连接的流程包括建立无线承载。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, the process of establishing a user plane connection between an access function network element and a user equipment includes establishing a radio bearer.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该接入功能网元接收来自该用户管理功能网元的第二类型信息,该第二类型信息用于指示该第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第二类型;该接入功能网元基于该第二类型信息获取第二控制信息;该接入功能网元根据该第二控制信息更新与该第一用户设备之间的连接。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the access function network element receiving second type information from the user management function network element, where the second type information is used to indicate the The user equipment type of the first user equipment is of the second type; the access function network element obtains second control information based on the second type information; the access function network element updates and communicates with the first user equipment according to the second control information the connection between.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,当用户设备的用户类型发生变化的情况下,可以基于更新后的用户设备类型所对应的控制信息更新用户面连接,提高建立用户面连接的准确性。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the user type of the user equipment changes, the user plane connection can be updated based on the control information corresponding to the updated user equipment type, so as to improve the establishment of the user plane connection. accuracy.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该接入功能网元接收第三控制信息,该第三控制信息与该第一类型相对应;该接入功能网元更新与该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备之间的用户面连接,其中,该第三控制信息与该第一控制信息相异。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the access function network element receiving third control information, where the third control information corresponds to the first type; the access function The network element updates the user plane connection with at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, wherein the third control information is different from the first control information.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,当用户设备的用户类型对应的控制信息发生变化的情况下,可以基于更新后的控制信息更新用户面连接,提高建立用户面连接的准确性。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the control information corresponding to the user type of the user equipment changes, the user plane connection can be updated based on the updated control information, thereby improving the accuracy of establishing the user plane connection. sex.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该接入功能网元接收来自第二用户设备的第五消息,该第五消息用于请求建立无线资源连接,该接入功能网元根据该第一控制信息与该第二用户设备建立用户面连接,其中,该第二用户设备的用户类型为该第一类型。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further includes: the access function network element receiving a fifth message from the second user equipment, where the fifth message is used to request the establishment of a radio resource connection, The access function network element establishes a user plane connection with the second user equipment according to the first control information, wherein the user type of the second user equipment is the first type.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,当同属第一类型的第二用户设备通过该接入功能网元接入网络时,接入功能网元无需再获取为第二用户设备建立用户面连接所需的控制信息,简化了建立连接的流程,提高了通信系统为用户设备建立用户面连接的效率,实现了通信的优化。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, when a second user equipment belonging to the first type accesses the network through the access function network element, the access function network element does not need to be acquired as the second user equipment. The control information required for establishing the user plane connection simplifies the process of establishing the connection, improves the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment, and realizes the optimization of the communication.
第二方面,提供了一种用于建立用户面连接的方法,该用于建立用户面连接的方法可以由用户管理功能网元执行,或者,也可以由设置于用户管理功能网元中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In a second aspect, a method for establishing a user plane connection is provided, and the method for establishing a user plane connection can be executed by a user management function network element, or can also be performed by a chip provided in the user management function network element or circuit execution, which is not limited in this application.
该用于建立用户面连接的方法包括:The method for establishing a user plane connection includes:
用户管理功能网元获取第一用户设备的信息,该第一用户设备的信息至少包括第一类型信息,该第一类型信息用于指示该第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第一类型;该用户管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送该第一类型信息,该第一类型信息用于获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息,其中,该第一控制信息存于接入功能网元上,该第一控制信息用于为该第一用户设备建立用户面连接。The user management function network element obtains information of the first user equipment, the information of the first user equipment includes at least first type information, and the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type; the The user management function network element sends the first type information to the access function network element, where the first type information is used to obtain first control information corresponding to the first type, wherein the first control information is stored in the access function network element above, the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for the first user equipment.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,用户管理功能网元可以将获取到的第一类型信息下发给接入功能网元,使得接入功能网元能够使用其存有的第一类型信息相关的第一控制信息,由于用户设备类型相同的用户设备具有相同或者相类似的业务需求,这些用户设备建立用户面连接的控制信息可以复用,因此在本申请实施例提供的用于建立 用户面连接的方法中,通过在接入功能网元上保存有用于为用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接所需的第一控制信息,因而当用户设备类型为第一类型的多个用户设备通过该接入功能网元接入网络时,接入功能网元可以使用其存有的第一控制信息为每个用户设备分别建立用户面连接,而无需针对每个用户设备分别从核心网获取其建立用户面连接所需的控制信息,从而简化了建立用户面连接的流程,提高了通信系统为用户设备建立用户面连接的效率,实现了通信的优化。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by this embodiment of the present application, the user management function network element can deliver the acquired first type information to the access function network element, so that the access function network element can use the stored For the first control information related to the first type of information, since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for establishing user plane connections by these user equipments can be multiplexed. In the method for establishing a user plane connection, by storing the first control information required for establishing a user plane connection for a user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type on the access function network element, when the user equipment type is When multiple user equipments of the first type access the network through the access function network element, the access function network element can use the first control information stored in the access function network element to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment separately, without the need for each user equipment. Each user equipment obtains the control information required for establishing a user plane connection from the core network, which simplifies the process of establishing a user plane connection, improves the efficiency of the communication system for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment, and realizes communication optimization.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一控制信息中包括以下信息中的至少一种:服务质量控制信息、安全控制信息、移动性控制信息、业务画像信息或业务信息,其中,该服务质量控制信息用于指示无线空口业务的传输控制策略,该安全控制信息用于指示安全策略,该移动性控制信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备的移动策略,该业务信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备传输的业务,该业务画像信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备访问业务或进行业务传输的规律。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first control information includes at least one of the following information: service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, service profile information or service information, where the quality of service control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service, the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy, and the mobility control information is used to indicate the movement of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type Policy, the service information is used to indicate the service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, and the service portrait information is used to indicate the rule of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accessing the service or performing service transmission.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,建立用户面连接所需的控制信息包括多种信息,以使得接入功能网元能够与用户设备建立满足其业务需求的用户面连接,无需等到该用户设备触发业务时再从核心网获取该用户设备该业务相关的控制信息,简化了建立连接的流程,提高了通信系统为用户设备建立用户面连接的效率,实现了通信的优化。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, the control information required for establishing a user plane connection includes various information, so that the access function network element can establish a user plane connection with the user equipment that meets its service requirements, There is no need to wait until the user equipment triggers the service and then obtain the control information related to the service of the user equipment from the core network, which simplifies the process of establishing a connection, improves the efficiency of the communication system for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment, and realizes communication optimization.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该用户管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该第一类型信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the user management function network element sends a first message to the access function network element, where the first message includes the first type of information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一消息中还包括认证成功信息,该认证成功信息用于指示认证完成,该方法还包括:该用户管理功能网元接收来自该接入功能网元的第二消息,该第二消息中包括该第一用户设备对应的认证信息,该认证信息用于指示发起认证流程。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first message further includes authentication success information, where the authentication success information is used to indicate that the authentication is completed, and the method further includes: the user management function network element receives information from The second message of the access function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, where the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,可以在认证流程中将用户设备的类型信息下发给接入功能网元,只有在认证通过的场景下,才会获取用户设备的类型信息,保证只为合法的用户建立连接,提高方案的安全性。The method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application can deliver the type information of the user equipment to the access function network element in the authentication process, and the type of the user equipment will be obtained only in the scenario where the authentication is passed. information, to ensure that connections are only established for legitimate users, and to improve the security of the scheme.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该用户管理功能网元向该接入功能网元发送至少一个控制信息,该至少一个控制信息中包括该第一控制信息;或者,该用户管理功能网元获取该第一类型信息对应的该第一控制信息;该用户管理功能网元向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the user management function network element sending at least one control information to the access function network element, where the at least one control information includes the first control information; or, the user management function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information; the user management function network element sends the first control information to the access function network element.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,用户管理功能网元可以通过不同的方式向接入功能网元发送第一类型对应的第一控制信息,提高方案的灵活性。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, the user management function network element can send the first control information corresponding to the first type to the access function network element in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该用户管理功能网元接收来自网络管理功能网元的该第一控制信息;或者,该用户管理功能网元接收来自网络管理功能网元的至少一个控制信息,该至少一个控制信息中包括该第一控制信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the user management function network element receiving the first control information from the network management function network element; or, the user management function network element receiving the first control information At least one control information from a network management function network element, the at least one control information includes the first control information.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,用户管理功能网元可以通过不同的方式从网络管理功能网元获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息,提高方案的灵活性。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiments of the present application, the user management function network element can obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type from the network management function network element in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该用户管理功能网元确定该第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第二类型,该第二类型与该第一类型相异;该用户管理功能网元向该接入功能网元发送第二类型信息,该第二类型信息用于指示该第一用户 设备属于该第二类型。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the user management function network element determines that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is a second type, and the second type is the same as the first type. The types are different; the user management function network element sends second type information to the access function network element, where the second type information is used to indicate that the first user equipment belongs to the second type.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,当用户设备的用户类型发生变化的情况下,可以基于更新后的用户设备类型所对应的控制信息更新用户面连接,提高建立用户面连接的准确性。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the user type of the user equipment changes, the user plane connection can be updated based on the control information corresponding to the updated user equipment type, so as to improve the establishment of the user plane connection. accuracy.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该用户管理功能网元接收来自网络管理功能网元的第三控制信息,该第三控制信息与该第一类型相对应,其中,该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备分别通过至少一个接入网元接入网络;该用户管理功能网元分别向该至少一个接入网元发送该第三控制信息,该第三控制信息与该第一控制信息相异,该至少一个接入网元包括该接入功能网元。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the user management function network element receives third control information from the network management function network element, the third control information and the first type Correspondingly, at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accesses the network through at least one access network element respectively; the user management function network element sends the third control information to the at least one access network element respectively, the The third control information is different from the first control information, and the at least one access network element includes the access function network element.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,当用户设备的用户类型对应的控制信息发生变化的情况下,可以基于更新后的控制信息更新用户面连接,提高建立用户面连接的准确性。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the control information corresponding to the user type of the user equipment changes, the user plane connection can be updated based on the updated control information, thereby improving the accuracy of establishing the user plane connection. sex.
第三方面,提供了一种用于建立用户面连接的方法,该用于建立用户面连接的方法可以由网络管理功能网元执行,或者,也可以由设置于网络管理功能网元中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。In a third aspect, a method for establishing a user plane connection is provided, and the method for establishing a user plane connection may be performed by a network management function network element, or may also be performed by a chip provided in the network management function network element or circuit execution, which is not limited in this application.
该用于建立用户面连接的方法包括:The method for establishing a user plane connection includes:
网络管理功能网元获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息,该第一控制信息用于为用户设备类型为该第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接;该网络管理功能网元向该接入功能网元发送该第一类型对应的第一控制信息。The network management function network element obtains first control information corresponding to the first type, where the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type; The functional network element sends the first control information corresponding to the first type.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,网络管理功能网元可以将获取到的第一控制信息下发给接入功能网元,使得接入功能网元能够存储第一控制信息,由于用户设备类型相同的用户设备具有相同或者相类似的业务需求,这些用户设备建立用户面连接的控制信息可以复用,因此在本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法中,通过在接入功能网元上保存有用于为用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接所需的第一控制信息,因而当用户设备类型为第一类型的多个用户设备通过该接入功能网元接入网络时,接入功能网元可以使用其存有的第一控制信息为每个用户设备分别建立用户面连接,而无需针对每个用户设备分别从核心网获取其建立用户面连接所需的控制信息,从而简化了建立用户面连接的流程,提高了通信系统为用户设备建立用户面连接的效率,实现了通信的优化。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network management function network element can deliver the acquired first control information to the access function network element, so that the access function network element can store the first control information , since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for establishing user plane connections of these user equipments can be multiplexed. Therefore, in the method for establishing user plane connections provided by the embodiments of the present application, By storing the first control information required for establishing a user plane connection for user equipment of the first type of user equipment on the access function network element, when multiple user equipments of the first type of user equipment pass the When the access function network element accesses the network, the access function network element can use its stored first control information to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment separately, without the need to obtain its establishment from the core network for each user equipment. The control information required for the user plane connection simplifies the process of establishing the user plane connection, improves the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment, and realizes the optimization of the communication.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一控制信息中包括以下信息中的至少一种:服务质量控制信息、安全控制信息、移动性控制信息、业务画像信息或业务信息,其中,该服务质量控制信息用于指示无线空口业务的传输控制策略,该安全控制信息用于指示安全策略,该移动性控制信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备的移动策略,该业务信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备传输的业务,该业务画像信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备访问业务或进行业务传输的规律。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first control information includes at least one of the following information: service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, service profile information or service information, where the quality of service control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service, the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy, and the mobility control information is used to indicate the movement of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type Policy, the service information is used to indicate the service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, and the service portrait information is used to indicate the rule of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accessing the service or performing service transmission.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,建立用户面连接所需的控制信息包括多种信息,以使得接入功能网元能够为用户设备建立满足其业务需求的用户面连接,无需等到该用户设备触发业务时再动态获取该用户设备该业务相关的控制信息,简化了建立连接的流程,提高了通信系统为用户设备建立用户面连接的效率,实现了通信的优化。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, the control information required for establishing a user plane connection includes a variety of information, so that the access function network element can establish a user plane connection for the user equipment that meets its service requirements, There is no need to wait until the user equipment triggers the service and then dynamically obtain the control information related to the service of the user equipment, which simplifies the process of establishing a connection, improves the efficiency of the communication system for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment, and realizes communication optimization.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该网络管理功能网元向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息包括:该网络管理功能网元直接向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息;或者,该网络管理功能网元通过用户管理功能网元向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, sending the first control information by the network management function network element to the access function network element includes: the network management function network element directly sends the access function network element to the access function network element. element sends the first control information; or, the network management function network element sends the first control information to the access function network element through the user management function network element.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,网络管理功能网元获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息,包括:网络管理功能网元获取至少一个控制信息,该至少一个控制信息中包括第一控制信息;该网络管理功能网元直接向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息包括:该网络管理功能网元直接向该接入功能网元发送该至少一个控制信息;或者,该网络管理功能网元接收来自该接入功能网元的第一类型信息,该第一类型信息用于指示该第一类型;该网络管理功能网元基于该第一类型信息从该至少一个控制信息中获取该第一控制信息;该网络管理功能网元向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the network management function network element acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type includes: the network management function network element acquiring at least one control information, the at least one control information including first control information; the network management function network element directly sending the first control information to the access function network element includes: the network management function network element directly sending the at least one control information to the access function network element; Or, the network management function network element receives first type information from the access function network element, where the first type information is used to indicate the first type; the network management function network element receives information from the at least the first type based on the first type information The first control information is obtained from a piece of control information; the network management function network element sends the first control information to the access function network element.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,当该网络管理功能网元通过用户管理功能网元向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息时,该方法还包括:该网络管理功能网元向该用户管理功能网元发送该至少一个控制信息;或者,该网络管理功能网元向该用户管理功能网元发送该第一控制信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, when the network management function network element sends the first control information to the access function network element through the user management function network element, the method further includes: the The network management function network element sends the at least one control information to the user management function network element; or the network management function network element sends the first control information to the user management function network element.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,网络管理功能网元可以通过不同的方式向接入功能网元发送第一控制信息,提高方案的灵活性。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, the network management function network element can send the first control information to the access function network element in different ways, thereby improving the flexibility of the solution.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:该网络管理功能网元确定该第一控制信息更新为第三控制信息;该网络管理功能网元根据该第三控制信息该接入功能网元和/或用户管理功能网元;该网络管理功能网元向该接入功能网元和/或用户管理功能网元发送该第三控制信息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further includes: the network management function network element determines that the first control information is updated to the third control information; the network management function network element determines that the first control information is updated to the third control information; Control information The access function network element and/or the user management function network element; the network management function network element sends the third control information to the access function network element and/or the user management function network element.
本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法,当用户设备的用户类型对应的控制信息发生变化的情况下,可以基于更新后的控制信息更新用户面连接,提高建立用户面连接的准确性。In the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the control information corresponding to the user type of the user equipment changes, the user plane connection can be updated based on the updated control information, thereby improving the accuracy of establishing the user plane connection. sex.
第四方面,提供一种用于建立用户面连接的装置,该用于建立用户面连接的装置包括:In a fourth aspect, an apparatus for establishing a user plane connection is provided, and the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection includes:
获取单元,用于获取第一类型信息,该第一类型信息用于指示第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第一类型,该第一用户设备为通过该接入功能网元接入网络的用户设备;an obtaining unit, configured to obtain first type information, where the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type, and the first user equipment is a user accessing the network through the access function network element equipment;
获取单元,还用于获取该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息该装置存有该第一控制信息;an obtaining unit, further configured to obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and the device stores the first control information;
处理单元,用于根据该第一控制信息为该第一用户设备建立用户面连接。The processing unit is configured to establish a user plane connection for the first user equipment according to the first control information.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该获取单元获取第一类型信息包括:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the acquiring unit acquiring the first type of information includes:
该获取单元接收来自用户管理功能网元的第一消息,该第一消息中包括该第一类型信息。The obtaining unit receives a first message from the user management function network element, where the first message includes the first type information.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一控制信息中包括以下信息中的至少一种:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first control information includes at least one of the following information:
服务质量控制信息、安全控制信息、移动性控制信息、业务画像信息或业务信息,Service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, business profile information or business information,
其中,该服务质量控制信息用于指示无线空口业务的传输控制策略,该安全控制信息用于指示安全策略,该移动性控制信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备的移动策略,该业务信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备传输的业务,该业务画 像信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备访问业务或进行业务传输的规律。Wherein, the QoS control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service, the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy, and the mobility control information is used to indicate the mobility strategy of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, The service information is used to indicate a service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, and the service portrait information is used to indicate a rule for at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type to access the service or perform service transmission.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该第一消息中还包括认证成功信息,该认证成功信息用于指示认证完成,With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first message further includes authentication success information, where the authentication success information is used to indicate that the authentication is completed,
该装置还包括:The device also includes:
发送单元,用于向该用户管理功能网元发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括该第一用户设备对应的认证信息,该认证信息用于指示发起认证流程。A sending unit, configured to send a second message to the user management function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, and the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元获取该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息包括:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the processing unit acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type of information includes:
该处理单元从至少一个控制信息中获取与该第一类型信息相对应的该第一控制信息;或者,The processing unit acquires the first control information corresponding to the first type of information from at least one control information; or,
该装置还包括:The device also includes:
发送单元,用于向该用户管理功能网元发送该第一类型信息;a sending unit, configured to send the first type of information to the user management function network element;
该接收单元还用于接收来自该用户管理功能网元的该第一控制信息;The receiving unit is further configured to receive the first control information from the user management function network element;
或者,or,
该装置还包括:The device also includes:
发送单元,用于向该用户管理功能网元发送该第一类型信息;a sending unit, configured to send the first type of information to the user management function network element;
该接收单元还用于接收来自该网络管理功能网元的该第一控制信息。The receiving unit is further configured to receive the first control information from the network management function network element.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元还用于确定本地预配置有该至少一个控制信息;With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to determine that the at least one control information is preconfigured locally;
或者;or;
该接收单元还用于接收来自该用户管理功能网元的该至少一个控制信息;The receiving unit is further configured to receive the at least one control information from the user management function network element;
或者;or;
该接收单元还用于接收来自该网络管理功能网元的该至少一个控制信息。The receiving unit is further configured to receive the at least one control information from the network management function network element.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于接收来自该第一用户设备的第三消息,该第三消息用于请求建立无线资源连接,该第三消息中包括该第一用户设备的标识。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive a third message from the first user equipment, where the third message is used to request the establishment of a wireless resource connection, the third message including the identifier of the first user equipment.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元根据该第一控制信息为该第一用户设备建立用户面连接包括:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the processing unit establishing a user plane connection for the first user equipment according to the first control information includes:
该处理单元基于该第一控制信息确定为该第一用户设备之间的数据无线承载;The processing unit determines based on the first control information as a data radio bearer between the first user equipment;
该装置还包括:The device also includes:
发送单元,用于向该第一用户设备发送无线资源配置消息,该无线资源配置消息中包括该数据无线承载的配置信息。A sending unit, configured to send a radio resource configuration message to the first user equipment, where the radio resource configuration message includes configuration information of the data radio bearer.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于接收来自该用户管理功能网元的第二类型信息,该第二类型信息用于指示该第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第二类型;With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive second type information from the user management function network element, where the second type information is used to indicate the information of the first user equipment The user equipment type is the second type;
该处理单元基于该第二类型信息获取第二控制信息;The processing unit obtains second control information based on the second type of information;
该处理单元根据该第二控制信息更新与该第一用户设备之间的连接。The processing unit updates the connection with the first user equipment according to the second control information.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于接收第三控制信息,该第三控制信息与该第一类型相对应;With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive third control information, where the third control information corresponds to the first type;
该处理单元更新与该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备之间的用户面连接,The processing unit updates the user plane connection between at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type,
其中,该第三控制信息与该第一控制信息相异。Wherein, the third control information is different from the first control information.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该装置还包括:In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the apparatus further includes:
接收单元,用于接收来自第二用户设备的第五消息,该第五消息用于请求建立无线资源连接,该接入功能网元根据该第一控制信息与该第二用户设备建立用户面连接,其中,该第二用户设备的用户设备类型为该第一类型。a receiving unit, configured to receive a fifth message from the second user equipment, where the fifth message is used to request the establishment of a wireless resource connection, the access function network element establishes a user plane connection with the second user equipment according to the first control information , wherein the user equipment type of the second user equipment is the first type.
第五方面,提供一种用于建立用户面连接的装置,该用于建立用户面连接的装置包括:In a fifth aspect, an apparatus for establishing a user plane connection is provided, and the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection includes:
获取单元,用于获取第一用户设备的信息,该第一用户设备的信息至少包括第一类型信息,该第一类型信息用于指示该第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第一类型;an obtaining unit, configured to obtain information of the first user equipment, where the information of the first user equipment includes at least first type information, and the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type;
发送单元,用于向接入功能网元发送该第一类型信息,该第一类型信息用于获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息,a sending unit, configured to send the first type information to the access function network element, where the first type information is used to obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type,
其中,该第一控制信息存于接入功能网元上,该第一控制信息用于为第一用户设备建立用户面连接。Wherein, the first control information is stored on the access function network element, and the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for the first user equipment.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元向接入功能网元发送该第一类型信息包括:With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the sending unit sending the first type of information to the access function network element includes:
该发送单元向接入功能网元发送第一消息,该第一消息中包括该第一类型信息。The sending unit sends a first message to the access function network element, where the first message includes the first type information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一控制信息中包括以下信息中的至少一种:With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first control information includes at least one of the following information:
服务质量控制信息、安全控制信息、移动性控制信息、业务画像信息或业务信息,Service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, business profile information or business information,
其中,该服务质量控制信息用于指示无线空口业务的传输控制策略,该安全控制信息用于指示安全策略,该移动性控制信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备的移动策略,该业务信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备传输的业务,该业务画像信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备访问业务或进行业务传输的规律。Wherein, the QoS control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service, the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy, and the mobility control information is used to indicate the mobility strategy of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, The service information is used to indicate a service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, and the service portrait information is used to indicate a rule for at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type to access the service or perform service transmission.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一消息中还包括认证成功信息,该认证成功信息用于指示认证完成,With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first message further includes authentication success information, and the authentication success information is used to indicate that the authentication is completed,
该装置还包括:The device also includes:
接收单元,用于接收来自该接入功能网元的第二消息,该第二消息中包括该第一用户设备对应的认证信息,该认证信息用于指示发起认证流程。A receiving unit, configured to receive a second message from the access function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, where the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该方法发送单元还用于向该接入功能网元发送至少一个控制信息,该至少一个控制信息中包括该第一控制信息;With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the method sending unit is further configured to send at least one control information to the access function network element, where the at least one control information includes the first control information;
或者,or,
该装置还包括:The device also includes:
处理单元,用于获取该第一类型信息对应的该第一控制信息;该发送单元向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息。The processing unit is configured to obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type information; the sending unit sends the first control information to the access function network element.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于接收来自网络管理功能网元的该第一控制信息;With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive the first control information from the network management function network element;
或者,or,
该接收单元还用于接收来自网络管理功能网元的至少一个控制信息,该至少一个控制信息中包括该第一控制信息。The receiving unit is further configured to receive at least one control information from the network management function network element, where the at least one control information includes the first control information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该方法处理单元还用于确定该第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第二类型,该第二类型与该第一类型相异;With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the method processing unit is further configured to determine that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is a second type, and the second type is different from the first type;
该发送单元向该接入功能网元发送第二类型信息,该第二类型信息用于指示该第一用户设备属于该第二类型。The sending unit sends second type information to the access function network element, where the second type information is used to indicate that the first user equipment belongs to the second type.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该接收单元还用于接收来自网络管理功能网元的第三控制信息,该第三控制信息与该第一类型相对应,With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the receiving unit is further configured to receive third control information from the network management function network element, where the third control information corresponds to the first type,
其中,该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备分别通过至少一个接入网元接入网络;Wherein, at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accesses the network through at least one access network element respectively;
该发送单元分别向该至少一个接入网元发送该第三控制信息,该第三控制信息与该第一控制信息相异,该至少一个接入网元包括该接入功能网元。The sending unit sends the third control information to the at least one access network element respectively, where the third control information is different from the first control information, and the at least one access network element includes the access function network element.
第六方面,提供一种用于建立用户面连接的装置,该用于建立用户面连接的装置包括:In a sixth aspect, an apparatus for establishing a user plane connection is provided, and the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection includes:
获取单元,用于获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息,该第一控制信息用于为用户设备类型为该第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接;;an obtaining unit, configured to obtain first control information corresponding to the first type, where the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type;
发送单元,用于向该接入功能网元发送该第一类型对应的第一控制信息。A sending unit, configured to send the first control information corresponding to the first type to the access function network element.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一控制信息中包括以下信息中的至少一种:With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first control information includes at least one of the following information:
服务质量控制信息、安全控制信息、移动性控制信息、业务画像信息或业务信息,Service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, business profile information or business information,
其中,该服务质量控制信息用于指示无线空口业务的传输控制策略,该安全控制信息用于指示安全策略,该移动性控制信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备的移动策略,该业务信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备传输的业务,该业务画像信息用于指示该第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备访问业务或进行业务传输的规律。Wherein, the QoS control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service, the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy, and the mobility control information is used to indicate the mobility strategy of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, The service information is used to indicate a service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, and the service portrait information is used to indicate a rule for at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type to access the service or perform service transmission.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该获取单元获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息包括:With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the acquiring unit acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type includes:
该获取单元获取至少一个控制信息,该至少一个控制信息中包括该第一控制信息;The acquiring unit acquires at least one control information, and the at least one control information includes the first control information;
该发送单元向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息包括:The sending unit sending the first control information to the access function network element includes:
该发送单元直接向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息;The sending unit directly sends the first control information to the access function network element;
或者,or,
该发送单元通过用户管理功能网元向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息。The sending unit sends the first control information to the access function network element through the user management function network element.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该发送单元直接向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息包括:With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the sending unit directly sending the first control information to the access function network element includes:
该发送单元直接向该接入功能网元发送该至少一个控制信息;The sending unit directly sends the at least one control information to the access function network element;
或者,or,
该发送单元接收来自该接入功能网元的第一类型信息,该第一类型信息用于指示该第一类型;The sending unit receives first type information from the access function network element, where the first type information is used to indicate the first type;
该装置还包括:The device also includes:
处理单元,用于基于该第一类型信息从该至少一个控制信息中获取该第一控制信息;a processing unit, configured to obtain the first control information from the at least one control information based on the first type information;
该发送单元向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息。The sending unit sends the first control information to the access function network element.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,当该发送单元通过用户管理功能网元向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息时,该方法还包括:With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, when the sending unit sends the first control information to the access function network element through the user management function network element, the method further includes:
该发送单元向该用户管理功能网元发送该至少一个控制信息;The sending unit sends the at least one control information to the user management function network element;
或者,or,
该发送单元向该用户管理功能网元发送该第一控制信息。The sending unit sends the first control information to the user management function network element.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该装置还包括:With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the apparatus further includes:
处理单元,用于确定该第一控制信息更新为第三控制信息;a processing unit, configured to determine that the first control information is updated to the third control information;
该处理单元根据该第三控制信息确定该接入功能网元和/或用户管理功能网元;The processing unit determines the access function network element and/or the user management function network element according to the third control information;
该发送单元向该接入功能网元和/或用户管理功能网元发送该第三控制信息。The sending unit sends the third control information to the access function network element and/or the user management function network element.
第七方面,提供一种用于建立用户面连接的装置,该用于建立用户面连接的装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中接入功能网元的功能。A seventh aspect provides an apparatus for establishing a user plane connection, the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection includes a processor for implementing the function of the access function network element in the method described in the first aspect above.
可选地,该用于建立用户面连接的装置还可以包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器耦合,该处理器用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中接入功能网元的功能。Optionally, the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection may further include a memory coupled to the processor, where the processor is configured to implement the function of the access function network element in the method described in the first aspect above.
在一种可能的实现中,该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合,该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令,用于实现上述第一方面描述的方法中接入功能网元的功能。In one possible implementation, the memory is used to store program instructions and data. The memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement the function of the access function network element in the method described in the first aspect above.
可选地,该用于建立用户面连接的装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口用于该用于建立用户面连接的装置与其它设备进行通信。该通信接口可以为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。Optionally, the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection may further include a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection to communicate with other devices. The communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, a circuit, or the like.
在一种可能的设计中,该用于建立用户面连接的装置包括:处理器和通信接口,In a possible design, the means for establishing a user plane connection includes: a processor and a communication interface,
该处理器用于运行计算机程序,以使得该用于建立用户面连接的装置实现上述第一方面描述的任一种方法;The processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection implements any one of the methods described in the first aspect;
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信。The processor communicates with the outside using the communication interface.
可以理解,该外部可以是处理器以外的对象,或者是该装置以外的对象。It will be appreciated that the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the apparatus.
在另一种可能的设计中,该用于建立用户面连接的装置为芯片或芯片系统。该通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another possible design, the device for establishing the user plane connection is a chip or a chip system. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit, etc. on the chip or the chip system. The processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
第八方面,提供一种用于建立用户面连接的装置,该用于建立用户面连接的装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法中用户管理功能网元的功能。In an eighth aspect, an apparatus for establishing a user plane connection is provided, the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection includes a processor for implementing the function of the user management function network element in the method described in the second aspect above.
可选地,该用于建立用户面连接的装置还可以包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器耦合,该处理器用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法中用户管理功能网元的功能。Optionally, the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection may further include a memory coupled to the processor, where the processor is configured to implement the function of the user management function network element in the method described in the second aspect above.
在一种可能的实现中,该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合,该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令,用于实现上述第二方面描述的方法中用户管理功能网元的功能。In one possible implementation, the memory is used to store program instructions and data. The memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement the function of the user management function network element in the method described in the second aspect above.
可选地,该用于建立用户面连接的装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口用于该用于建立用户面连接的装置与其它设备进行通信。该通信接口可以为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。Optionally, the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection may further include a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection to communicate with other devices. The communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, a circuit, or the like.
在一种可能的设计中,该用于建立用户面连接的装置包括:处理器和通信接口,In a possible design, the means for establishing a user plane connection includes: a processor and a communication interface,
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信;The processor communicates with the outside using the communication interface;
该处理器用于运行计算机程序,以使得该用于建立用户面连接的装置实现上述第二方面描述的任一种方法。The processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection implements any one of the methods described in the second aspect above.
可以理解,该外部可以是处理器以外的对象,或者是该装置以外的对象。It will be appreciated that the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the apparatus.
在另一种可能的设计中,该用于建立用户面连接的装置为芯片或芯片系统。该通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another possible design, the device for establishing the user plane connection is a chip or a chip system. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit, etc. on the chip or the chip system. The processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
第九方面,提供一种用于建立用户面连接的装置,该用于建立用户面连接的装置包括处理器,用于实现上述第三方面描述的方法中网络管理功能网元的功能。In a ninth aspect, an apparatus for establishing a user plane connection is provided, the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection includes a processor for implementing the function of the network management function network element in the method described in the third aspect above.
可选地,该用于建立用户面连接的装置还可以包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器耦合,该处理器用于实现上述第三方面描述的方法中网络管理功能网元的功能。Optionally, the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection may further include a memory coupled to the processor, where the processor is configured to implement the function of the network management function network element in the method described in the third aspect above.
在一种可能的实现中,该存储器用于存储程序指令和数据。该存储器与该处理器耦合,该处理器可以调用并执行该存储器中存储的程序指令,用于实现上述第三方面描述的方法中网络管理功能网元的功能。In one possible implementation, the memory is used to store program instructions and data. The memory is coupled to the processor, and the processor can call and execute program instructions stored in the memory, so as to implement the function of the network management function network element in the method described in the third aspect above.
可选地,该用于建立用户面连接的装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口用于该用于建立用户面连接的装置与其它设备进行通信。该通信接口可以为收发器、输入/输出接口、或电路等。Optionally, the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection may further include a communication interface, where the communication interface is used for the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection to communicate with other devices. The communication interface may be a transceiver, an input/output interface, a circuit, or the like.
在一种可能的设计中,该用于建立用户面连接的装置包括:处理器和通信接口,In a possible design, the means for establishing a user plane connection includes: a processor and a communication interface,
该处理器利用该通信接口与外部通信;The processor communicates with the outside using the communication interface;
该处理器用于运行计算机程序,以使得该用于建立用户面连接的装置实现上述第三方面描述的任一种方法。The processor is configured to run a computer program, so that the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection implements any one of the methods described in the third aspect above.
可以理解,该外部可以是处理器以外的对象,或者是该装置以外的对象。It will be appreciated that the external may be an object other than the processor, or an object other than the apparatus.
在另一种可能的设计中,该用于建立用户面连接的装置为芯片或芯片系统。该通信接口可以是该芯片或芯片系统上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。In another possible design, the device for establishing the user plane connection is a chip or a chip system. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit, etc. on the chip or the chip system. The processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
第十方面,本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面该的方法。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer executes the methods of the above aspects.
第十一方面,本申请提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面该的方法。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the methods of the above aspects.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信系统,包括第四方面所示的用于建立用户面连接的装置、第五方面所示的用于建立用户面连接的装置和第六方面所示的用于建立用户面连接的装置。A twelfth aspect provides a communication system, including the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection shown in the fourth aspect, the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection shown in the fifth aspect, and the user plane connection shown in the sixth aspect. A device used to establish a user plane connection.
第十三方面,提供了一种芯片装置,包括处理电路,该处理电路用于从存储器中调用并运行程序,使得安装有该芯片装置的通信设备执行上述第一至第三方面中任一种可能实现方式中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a chip device is provided, including a processing circuit configured to call and run a program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip device executes any one of the first to third aspects above methods in possible implementations.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是一种基于服务化接口的网络架构示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture based on a service interface.
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种网络架构示意图。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图3是本申请实施例提供的一种用于建立用户面连接的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4是本申请实施例提供的另一种用于建立用户面连接的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图5是本申请实施例提供的又一种用于建立用户面连接的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的又一种用于建立用户面连接的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7是本申请实施例提供的一种用于更新用户面连接的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for updating a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图8是本申请提供的一种用于建立用户面连接的装置800的示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 800 for establishing a user plane connection provided by the present application.
图9是适用于本申请实施例的接入功能网元900的结构示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an access function network element 900 suitable for this embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请提供的一种用于建立用户面连接的装置1000的示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1000 for establishing a user plane connection provided by the present application.
图11是适用于本申请实施例的用户管理功能网元1100的结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a user management function network element 1100 applicable to this embodiment of the present application.
图12是本申请提供的另一种用于建立用户面连接的装置1200的示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another apparatus 1200 for establishing a user plane connection provided by the present application.
图13是适用于本申请实施例的网络管理功能网元1300的结构示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a network management function network element 1300 suitable for this embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图1是一种基于服务化接口的网络架构示意图。下面对该图1所示的网络架构中涉及的各个部分分别进行说明。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture based on a service interface. Each part involved in the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 will be described below.
1、用户设备(user equipment,UE)110:可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,以及各种形式的终端、移动台(mobile station,MS)、终端(terminal)或软终端等等。例如,水表、电表、传感器等。1. User equipment (UE) 110: may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, as well as various forms of terminals, Mobile station (mobile station, MS), terminal (terminal) or soft terminal, etc. For example, water meters, electricity meters, sensors, etc.
示例性地,本申请实施例中的用户设备可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、终端设备(terminal equipment)、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。用户设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的用户设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的用户设备或者未来车联网中的用户设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。Exemplarily, the user equipment in this embodiment of the present application may refer to an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, or a terminal device. (terminal equipment), wireless communication equipment, user agent or user equipment. The user equipment may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, user equipment in a 5G network or a user in a future evolving public land mobile network (PLMN) equipment or user equipment in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc., which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiments of this application, a wearable device may also be referred to as a wearable smart device, which is a general term for intelligently designing daily wearable devices and developing wearable devices using wearable technology, such as glasses, Gloves, watches, clothing and shoes, etc. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable device is not only a hardware device, but also realizes powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-scale, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, which needs to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart jewelry, etc. for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,用户设备还可以是物联网(internet of Things,IoT)系统中的用户设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。在本申请实施例中,IOT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band,NB)技术,做到海量连接,深度覆盖,终端省电。此外,在本申请实施例中,用户设备还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器、加油站等传感器,主要功能包括收集数据(部分用户设备)、接收接入网设备的控制信息与下行数据,并发送电磁波,向接入网设备传输上行数据。In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the user equipment may also be a user equipment in an Internet of Things (IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology, and its main technical feature is that items are passed through communication technology. Connect with the network, so as to realize the intelligent network of human-machine interconnection and interconnection of things. In the embodiments of the present application, the IOT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and terminal power saving through, for example, a narrow band (narrow band, NB) technology. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the user equipment may also include sensors such as smart printers, train detectors, and gas stations, and the main functions include collecting data (part of user equipment), receiving control information and downlink data of access network equipment, and Send electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to access network equipment.
2、(无线)接入网设备(radio access network,(R)AN)120:用于为特定区域的授权用户设备提供入网功能,并能够根据用户设备的级别,业务的需求等使用不同服务质量的传输隧道。2. (wireless) access network equipment (radio access network, (R)AN) 120: used to provide network access functions for authorized user equipment in a specific area, and can use different quality of service according to the level of user equipment, business needs, etc. transmission tunnel.
(R)AN能够管理无线资源,为用户设备提供接入服务,进而完成控制信号和用户设备数据在用户设备和核心网之间的转发,(R)AN也可以理解为传统网络中的基站。(R)AN can manage radio resources, provide access services for user equipment, and then complete the forwarding of control signals and user equipment data between user equipment and the core network. (R)AN can also be understood as a base station in a traditional network.
示例性地,本申请实施例中的接入网设备可以是用于与用户设备通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的通信设备。该接入网设备包括但不限于:演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(home evolved Node B,HeNB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit,BBU),无线保真(wireless fidelity,WIFI)系统中的接入点(access point,AP)、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G,如,NR,系统中的gNB,或,传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如基带单元(BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。Exemplarily, the access network device in this embodiment of the present application may be any communication device having a wireless transceiver function for communicating with user equipment. The access network equipment includes but is not limited to: evolved Node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), Node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller) , BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (home evolved Node B, HeNB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit, BBU), wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) ) in the system, such as access point (AP), wireless relay node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (TP) or transmission and reception point (TRP), etc., and can also be 5G , such as, NR, gNB in the system, or, transmission point (TRP or TP), one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of the base station in the 5G system, or, it can also constitute a gNB or transmission point network nodes, such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (distributed unit, DU), etc.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的,或者,由DU+AAU发送的。可以理解的是,接入网设备可以为包括CU节点、DU节点、AAU节点中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网(radio access network,RAN)中的接入网设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的接入网设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, a gNB may include a centralized unit (CU) and a DU. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). The CU implements some functions of the gNB, and the DU implements some functions of the gNB. For example, the CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, and implementing functions of radio resource control (RRC) and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layers. The DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, the media access control (MAC) layer and the physical (PHY) layer. AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and related functions of active antennas. Since the information of the RRC layer will eventually become the information of the PHY layer, or be transformed from the information of the PHY layer, therefore, in this architecture, the higher-layer signaling, such as the RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by the DU. , or, sent by DU+AAU. It can be understood that the access network device may be a device including one or more of a CU node, a DU node, and an AAU node. In addition, the CU can be divided into access network equipment in the access network (radio access network, RAN), and the CU can also be divided into the access network equipment in the core network (core network, CN), this application does not Do limit.
3、用户面网元130:用于分组路由和转发以及用户面数据的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)处理等。3. User plane network element 130: used for packet routing and forwarding, and quality of service (quality of service, QoS) processing of user plane data, and the like.
在5G通信系统中,该用户面网元可以是用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元。在未来通信系统中,用户面网元仍可以是UPF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the user plane network element may be a user plane function (UPF) network element. In the future communication system, the user plane network element may still be the UPF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
4、数据网络140:用于提供传输数据的网络。4. Data network 140: a network for providing data transmission.
在5G通信系统中,该数据网络网元可以是数据网络(data network,DN)网元。在未来通信系统中,数据网络网元仍可以是DN网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the data network element may be a data network (DN) network element. In the future communication system, the data network element may still be a DN network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
5、接入管理网元150:主要用于移动性管理和接入管理等。5. Access management network element 150: mainly used for mobility management and access management.
在4G通信系统中,接入管理网元可以是移动性管理实体(mobility management entity, MME)功能。在5G通信系统中,接入管理网元可以是接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元。在未来通信系统中,接入管理网元仍可以是AMF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 4G communication system, the access management network element may be a mobility management entity (mobility management entity, MME) function. In a 5G communication system, the access management network element may be an access and mobility management function (AMF) network element. In the future communication system, the access management network element may still be an AMF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
6、会话管理网元160:主要用于会话管理、终端设备的网络互连协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户平面功能、策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知等。6. Session management network element 160: mainly used for session management, Internet Protocol (IP) address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of endpoints that can manage user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink data notification, etc.
在5G通信系统中,该会话管理网元可以是会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元。在未来通信系统中,会话管理网元仍可以是SMF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the session management network element may be a session management function (session management function, SMF) network element. In the future communication system, the session management network element may still be an SMF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
7、策略控制网元170:用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架,为控制面功能网元(例如AMF,SMF网元等)提供策略规则信息等。7. Policy control network element 170: a unified policy framework for guiding network behavior, providing policy rule information and the like for control plane functional network elements (eg, AMF, SMF network elements, etc.).
在4G通信系统中,该策略控制网元可以是策略和计费规则功能(policy and charging rules function,PCRF)网元。在5G通信系统中,该策略控制网元可以是策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元。在未来通信系统中,策略控制网元仍可以是PCF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 4G communication system, the policy control network element may be a policy and charging rules function (policy and charging rules function, PCRF) network element. In a 5G communication system, the policy control network element may be a policy control function (PCF) network element. In the future communication system, the policy control network element may still be the PCF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
8、网络开放网元180:主要用于支持能力和事件的开放。8. Network opening network element 180: mainly used to support the opening of capabilities and events.
在5G通信系统中,该网络开放可以是网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元。在未来通信系统中,网络开放网元仍可以是NEF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the network exposure may be a network exposure function (NEF) network element. In the future communication system, the network opening network element may still be the NEF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
9、网络存储网元190:用于维护网络中所有网络功能服务的实时信息。9. Network storage network element 190: used to maintain real-time information of all network function services in the network.
在5G通信系统中,该网络存储网元可以是网络注册功能(network repository function,NRF)网元。在未来通信系统中,网络存储网元仍可以是NRF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the network storage network element may be a network repository function (NRF) network element. In the future communication system, the network storage network element may still be an NRF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
10、数据管理网元1100:用于处理终端设备标识,接入鉴权,注册以及移动性管理等。10. Data management network element 1100: used for processing terminal equipment identification, access authentication, registration, and mobility management.
在5G通信系统中,该数据管理网元可以是统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元。在未来通信系统中,统一数据管理仍可以是UDM网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the data management network element may be a unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element. In the future communication system, the unified data management may still be a UDM network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
11、应用网元1110:用于进行应用影响的数据路由,接入网络开放功能网元,与策略框架交互进行策略控制等。11. Application network element 1110: used to perform data routing affected by applications, access network elements with open functions, and interact with the policy framework to perform policy control, and the like.
在5G通信系统中,该应用网元可以是应用功能(application function,AF)网元。在未来通信系统中,应用网元仍可以是AF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the application network element may be an application function (application function, AF) network element. In the future communication system, the application network element may still be the AF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
12、网络切片选择网元1120:用于选择为用户设备服务的网络切片实例。12. Network slice selection network element 1120: used to select a network slice instance serving the user equipment.
在5G通信系统中,该网络切片选择网元可以是网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF)网元。在未来通信系统中,网络切片选择功能网元仍可以是NSSF网元,或者,还可以有其它的名称,本申请不做限定。In a 5G communication system, the network slice selection network element may be a network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF) network element. In the future communication system, the network element of the network slice selection function may still be an NSSF network element, or may have other names, which are not limited in this application.
可以理解的是,上述网元或者功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。It can be understood that the above network elements or functions may be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or virtualized functions instantiated on a platform (eg, a cloud platform).
在图1所示的网络架构中,终端设备通过N1接口与AMF连接,RAN通过N2接口与AMF连接,RAN通过N3接口与UPF连接。In the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , the terminal device is connected to the AMF through the N1 interface, the RAN is connected to the AMF through the N2 interface, and the RAN is connected to the UPF through the N3 interface.
UPF之间通过N9接口连接,UPF通过N6接口与数据网络(data network,DN)互联。The UPFs are connected through the N9 interface, and the UPFs are interconnected with the data network (DN) through the N6 interface.
SMF通过N4接口控制UPF。The SMF controls the UPF through the N4 interface.
NSSF经过Nnssf接口接入服务化架构,提供相应的服务;同理,NRF、PCF、UDM以及AF经过各自对应的接口接入服务化架构,提供相应的服务。NSSF accesses the service-oriented architecture through the Nnssf interface and provides corresponding services; similarly, NRF, PCF, UDM, and AF access the service-oriented architecture through their corresponding interfaces to provide corresponding services.
需要说明的是,图1中所涉及的各个网元以及网元之间的通信接口的名称是以目前协议中规定的为例进行简单说明的,但并不限定本申请实施例只能够应用于目前已知的通信系统。因此,以目前协议为例描述时出现的标准名称,都是功能性描述,本申请对于网元、接口或信令等的具体名称并不限定,仅表示网元、接口或者信令的功能,可以对应的扩展到其它系统,比如未来通信系统中。It should be noted that the names of each network element and the communication interface between the network elements involved in FIG. 1 are simply described by taking the current protocol as an example, but it is not limited that the embodiments of the present application can only be applied to Currently known communication systems. Therefore, the standard names that appear when describing the current protocol as an example are all functional descriptions. This application does not limit the specific names of network elements, interfaces or signaling, etc., but only represents the functions of network elements, interfaces or signaling. It can be correspondingly extended to other systems, such as future communication systems.
另外,还需要说明的是,在某些网络架构中,AMF网元、SMF网元、PCF网元、BSF网元以及UDM网元等网络功能网元实体都称为网络功能网元(network function,NF)网元;或者,在另一些网络架构中,AMF网元,SMF网元,PCF网元,BSF网元,UDM网元等网元的集合都可以称为控制面功能网元。In addition, it should be noted that in some network architectures, network function network elements such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, and UDM network elements are called network function network elements. , NF) network element; or, in other network architectures, a set of network elements such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, PCF network elements, BSF network elements, and UDM network elements may be called control plane function network elements.
目前基于图1所述的5G通信系统架构,支持2B的业务通信移动运营商需要部署复杂的网络节点,并且要解决各个网元之间的互操作,部署和维护成本高。但是2B的业务需求往往是确定的,例如,工厂中的某些机械设备的业务需求不会发生变化。At present, based on the 5G communication system architecture described in Figure 1, mobile operators supporting 2B service communication need to deploy complex network nodes, and to solve the interoperation between various network elements, the deployment and maintenance costs are high. However, the business needs of 2B are often determined. For example, the business needs of certain machinery and equipment in a factory will not change.
针对特定2B用户设备建立通信连接时可以简化图1所述的5G通信系统架构。如,某些特定2B用户设备没有移动需求,则可以无需部署图1中所示的AMF网络节点;还如,某些特定2B用户设备没有会话需求,则可以无需部署图1中所示的SMF网络节点。When establishing a communication connection for a specific 2B user equipment, the 5G communication system architecture described in FIG. 1 can be simplified. For example, some specific 2B user equipments do not need to deploy the AMF network node shown in FIG. 1; for example, some specific 2B user equipments do not need to deploy the SMF shown in FIG. 1. network node.
为了避免部署复杂的网络节点本申请提供一种用于用户面连接建立的方法,可以根据不同的业务需求将用户设备分成不同类型,并基于用户设备的类型对应的控制信息为用户设备建立用户面连接。其中,建立用户面连接所需的控制信息可以通过预配置的方式或动态配置的方式进行配置。In order to avoid deploying complex network nodes, the present application provides a method for establishing a user plane connection, which can divide user equipment into different types according to different service requirements, and establish a user plane for the user equipment based on the control information corresponding to the type of the user equipment. connect. The control information required for establishing a user plane connection may be configured in a pre-configured manner or a dynamic configuration manner.
下面首先结合图2说明本申请实施例可能涉及的网络架构。The following first describes a network architecture that may be involved in the embodiments of the present application with reference to FIG. 2 .
相对于图1所示的通信系统架构本申请提供一种简化的网络架构,如图2所示,图2是本申请实施例提供的一种网络架构示意图。下面对该图2所示的网络架构中涉及的各个部分分别进行说明。Compared with the communication system architecture shown in FIG. 1 , the present application provides a simplified network architecture, as shown in FIG. 2 , which is a schematic diagram of a network architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application. Each part involved in the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 will be described separately below.
1、企业网络的用户设备(private user equipment,PUE)210(包括如图2中所示的PUE#1和PUE#2):支持接入企业网络的UE,可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,具体类型可以包括图1中所示的UE类型,这里不再赘述。1. User equipment (private user equipment, PUE) 210 of the enterprise network (including PUE#1 and PUE#2 as shown in FIG. 2 ): UEs supporting access to the enterprise network may include various wireless communication functions The specific types of handheld devices, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to the wireless modem may include the UE types shown in FIG. 1 , which will not be repeated here.
2、私有网络接入功能网元(private network access function,PNA)220(包括如图2中所示的PNA#1和PNA#2):支持为企业网络的用户设备提供接入的设备,支持将业务路由到企业网络。负责空口的无线资源管理、服务质量管理和安全保护等功能。2. A private network access function (PNA) 220 (including PNA#1 and PNA#2 as shown in FIG. 2 ): a device that supports providing access to user equipment of an enterprise network, and supports Route traffic to the corporate network. Responsible for radio resource management, service quality management and security protection of the air interface.
PNA可以理解为支持现有的(R)AN的控制面和用户面的功能的网元。The PNA can be understood as a network element that supports the functions of the control plane and the user plane of the existing (R)AN.
作为一种可能的实现方式,该PNA可以由5G网络架构中的(R)AN实现。例如,对 5G网络架构中的(R)AN进行改进,使得(R)AN可以实现本申请中PNA具备的功能,(R)AN如图1中所示这里不再赘述;As a possible implementation, the PNA can be implemented by the (R)AN in the 5G network architecture. For example, the (R)AN in the 5G network architecture is improved, so that the (R)AN can realize the functions of the PNA in this application, and the (R)AN is shown in FIG. 1 and will not be repeated here;
作为另一种可能的实现方式,该PNA可以是独立部署的网元而不依赖于5G网络架构中的接入网设备实现,用于支持下述实施例中接入功能网元相关功能的网元。As another possible implementation manner, the PNA can be implemented as an independently deployed network element without relying on the access network equipment in the 5G network architecture, and is used to support the network element related functions of the access function network element in the following embodiments. Yuan.
3、私有网络管理功能网元(Private Network management Function,PNM)230:用于管理和配置PNA等功能。3. Private Network Management Function Network element (Private Network management Function, PNM) 230: used to manage and configure PNA and other functions.
作为一种可能的实现方式,该PNM的功能可以由5G网络架构中的某个或某几个网元实现;或者,该PNM的功能可以包括上述5G网络架构中的某个或某几个网元的功能。例如,对5G网络架构中的AMF或SMF进行改进,使得AMF或SMF可以实现本申请中PNM具备的功能;As a possible implementation manner, the function of the PNM may be implemented by one or several network elements in the 5G network architecture; or, the function of the PNM may include one or several network elements in the above-mentioned 5G network architecture meta function. For example, improve the AMF or SMF in the 5G network architecture, so that the AMF or SMF can realize the functions of the PNM in this application;
作为另一种可能的实现方式,该PNM可以是独立部署的网元而不是对5G网络架构中的某个网元进行改进得到的网元,用于支持下述实施例中网络管理功能网元相关功能的网元。As another possible implementation manner, the PNM may be an independently deployed network element rather than a network element obtained by improving a certain network element in the 5G network architecture, and is used to support the network management function network element in the following embodiments NEs of related functions.
4、用户管理功能网元240:用于存储企业网络的用户设备永久身份信息,对企业网络的用户设备执行认证和授权,为PUE与PNA之间提供安全素材。在本申请实施例中,用户管理功能网元以认证授权和计费功能(Authentication Authorization and Accounting,AAA)网元为例进行描述。4. User management function Network element 240: used for storing permanent identity information of user equipment in the enterprise network, performing authentication and authorization on the user equipment in the enterprise network, and providing security material between the PUE and the PNA. In the embodiment of the present application, the user management function network element is described by taking the authentication authorization and accounting (Authentication Authorization and Accounting, AAA) network element as an example.
作为一种可能的实现方式,该AAA可以是目前5G网络架构中的某个网元。例如,对5G网络架构中的UDM进行改进,使得UDM可以实现本申请中用户管理功能网元或AAA具备的功能;As a possible implementation manner, the AAA may be a certain network element in the current 5G network architecture. For example, improve the UDM in the 5G network architecture, so that the UDM can realize the functions of the user management function network element or AAA in this application;
作为另一种可能的实现方式,该AAA可以是独立部署的网元而不是对5G网络架构中的UDM进行改进得到的网元,用于支持下述实施例中用户管理功能网元或AAA相关功能的网元。As another possible implementation manner, the AAA may be an independently deployed network element instead of a network element obtained by improving the UDM in the 5G network architecture, and is used to support the user management function network element or AAA related network elements in the following embodiments functional network element.
需要说明的是,上述的图2中各个网元的名称只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,上述网元的功能可以由目前5G架构中的网元实现,具体实现方式,本申请不做限定,例如可以是对目前5G网络架构的网元进行改进,使得某个网元能够实现相应的功能即可。It should be noted that the names of the network elements in the above Figure 2 are only examples, and do not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of this application. The functions of the above network elements can be implemented by the network elements in the current 5G architecture. The application is not limited, for example, it may be to improve the network elements of the current 5G network architecture, so that a certain network element can realize the corresponding function.
其中,不同的节点之间的接口可以定义如下:Among them, the interface between different nodes can be defined as follows:
PUE与PNA之间的接口为P1:用于支持控制面消息和用户面数据的传输。The interface between the PUE and the PNA is P1: used to support the transmission of control plane messages and user plane data.
PNA与PNM之间的接口为P3:用于管理PNA相关配置信息。The interface between the PNA and the PNM is P3: used to manage PNA-related configuration information.
PNA与PNA之间的接口为P2:用于PNA之间信息交互,支持PUE的移动性。The interface between PNA and PNA is P2: used for information exchange between PNAs and supports the mobility of PUE.
PNA与AAA之间的接口为P5:用于交互与PUE之间的认证和授权消息。The interface between PNA and AAA is P5: used to exchange authentication and authorization messages with PUE.
PNM与企业网之间的接口为P4:本接口可选。可以用于支持企业向PNM配置用户设备的类型信息和/或类型信息对应的控制信息。The interface between the PNM and the enterprise network is P4: this interface is optional. It can be used to support the enterprise to configure the type information of the user equipment and/or the control information corresponding to the type information to the PNM.
需要说明的是,上述的图2中各个节点之间的接口的定义只是示例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,上述各个节点之间的接口还可以有其他的名称这里不进行赘述。It should be noted that the above-mentioned definitions of the interfaces between the various nodes in FIG. 2 are only examples, and do not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of the present application.
为方便说明,本申请后续,可以以私有网络接入功能网元为PNA网元,私有网络管理功能网元为PNM网元,认证授权和计费功能网元为AAA网元为例进行说明。For the convenience of description, in the following sections of this application, the private network access function network element is the PNA network element, the private network management function network element is the PNM network element, and the authentication authorization and accounting function network element is the AAA network element as an example for description.
进一步地,将PNA网元简称为PNA,PNM网元简称为PNM,AAA网元简称为AAA。 即本申请后续所描述的PNA均可替换为私有网络接入功能网元,PNM均可替换为私有网络管理功能网元,AAA均可替换为私有认证授权和计费功能网元。Further, the PNA network element is abbreviated as PNA, the PNM network element is abbreviated as PNM, and the AAA network element is abbreviated as AAA. That is, PNA described later in this application can be replaced by a private network access function network element, PNM can be replaced by a private network management function network element, and AAA can be replaced by a private authentication authorization and accounting function network element.
为方便说明,本申请以装置为PNA实体、PNM实体、AAA实体为例,对用于建立用户面连接的方法进行说明,对于装置为PNA实体内的芯片、为PNM实体内的芯片、为AAA实体内的芯片的实现方法,可参考装置分别为PNA实体、PNM实体、AAA实体的具体说明,不再重复介绍。For the convenience of description, this application takes the device as an example of a PNA entity, a PNM entity, and an AAA entity, and describes the method for establishing a user plane connection. For the device, it is a chip in the PNA entity, a chip in the PNM entity, and an AAA. For the implementation method of the chip in the entity, reference may be made to the specific description that the devices are the PNA entity, the PNM entity, and the AAA entity, and the description will not be repeated.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,做出以下几点说明。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following points are described.
第一,在本申请中,“用于指示”可以理解为“使能”或者“触发”,“使能”可以包括直接使能和间接使能,“触发”可以包括直接触发和间接触发。当描述某一信息用于使能A时,可以包括该信息直接使能A或间接使能A,而并不代表该信息中一定携带有A。First, in this application, "to indicate" may be understood as "enable" or "trigger", "enable" may include direct enable and indirect enable, and "trigger" may include direct trigger and indirect trigger. When describing a certain information for enabling A, it may include that the information directly enables A or indirectly enables A, but it does not mean that the information must carry A.
第二,在本申请中示出的第一、第二以及各种数字编号(例如,“#1”、“#2”等)仅为描述方便,用于区分的对象,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同消息等。而不是用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样描述的对象在适当情况下可以互换,以便能够描述本申请的实施例以外的方案。Second, the first, second and various numerical numbers (for example, "#1", "#2", etc.) shown in this application are only for the convenience of description and are used for distinguishing objects and are not used to limit the present application. Scope of application examples. For example, distinguishing between different messages, etc. It is not intended to describe a particular order or sequence. It should be understood that the objects so described may be interchanged under appropriate circumstances so as to be able to describe solutions other than the embodiments of the present application.
第三,在本申请中,“预设的”可包括预先定义,例如,协议定义。其中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括用户设备或核心网设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。Third, in this application, "preset" may include predefined definitions, eg, protocol definitions. Wherein, "predefinition" can be achieved by pre-saving corresponding codes, forms or other means that can be used to indicate relevant information in the equipment (for example, including user equipment or core network equipment). Do limit.
第四,本申请实施例中涉及的“保存”,可以是指的保存在一个或者多个存储器中。所述一个或者多个存储器,可以是单独的设置,也可以是集成在编码器或者译码器,处理器、或通信装置中。所述一个或者多个存储器,也可以是一部分单独设置,一部分集成在译码器、处理器、或通信装置中。存储器的类型可以是任意形式的存储介质,本申请并不对此限定。Fourth, the "storage" involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to being stored in one or more memories. The one or more memories may be set separately, or may be integrated in an encoder or a decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The one or more memories may also be partially provided separately and partially integrated in a decoder, a processor, or a communication device. The type of memory may be any form of storage medium, which is not limited in this application.
第五,本申请实施例中涉及的“协议”可以是指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括5G协议、新空口(new radio,NR)协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。Fifth, the "protocols" involved in the embodiments of this application may refer to standard protocols in the communication field, such as 5G protocols, new radio (NR) protocols, and related protocols applied in future communication systems. The application is not limited.
下文示出的实施例并未对本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体的具体结构特别限定,只要能够通过运行记录有本申请实施例的提供的方法的代码的程序,以根据本申请实施例提供的方法进行通信即可,例如,本申请实施例提供的方法的执行主体可以是接入功能网元、用户管理功能网元或网络管理功能网元,或者,是接入功能网元、用户管理功能网元或网络管理功能网元中能够调用程序并执行程序的功能模块。The embodiments shown below do not specifically limit the specific structure of the execution body of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, as long as the program that records the code of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application can be executed to provide the method according to the embodiment of the present application. For example, the execution subject of the method provided by the embodiment of the present application may be an access function network element, a user management function network element or a network management function network element, or an access function network element, a user management function network element A functional module in a functional network element or a network management functional network element that can call a program and execute the program.
以下,不失一般性,以网元之间的交互为例详细说明本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法。Hereinafter, without loss of generality, the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail by taking the interaction between network elements as an example.
基于图2所示的网络架构,图3描述了本申请实施例提供的一种用于建立用户面连接的方法的示意性流程图。该用于建立用户面连接的方法至少包括以下部分步骤。Based on the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 , FIG. 3 depicts a schematic flowchart of a method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method for establishing a user plane connection includes at least some of the following steps.
S311,接入功能网元获取第一类型信息。S311, the access function network element acquires the first type of information.
作为一种可能的实现方式,接入功能网元获取第一类型信息包括:接入功能网元接收来自用户管理功能网元的第一消息,第一消息中包括第一类型信息。As a possible implementation manner, acquiring the first type information by the access function network element includes: the access function network element receives a first message from the user management function network element, where the first message includes the first type information.
在该实现方式下,用户管理功能网元可以根据预配置获取至少一个用户设备的信息,该至少一个用户设备包括第一用户设备,即用户管理功能网元可以根据预配置获取第一用 户设备的信息。第一用户设备的信息包括第一类型信息,该第一类型信息用于指示第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第一类型,第一用户设备通过该接入功能网元接入网络。In this implementation manner, the user management function network element can obtain information of at least one user equipment according to the pre-configuration, and the at least one user equipment includes the first user equipment, that is, the user management function network element can obtain the information of the first user equipment according to the pre-configuration. information. The information of the first user equipment includes first type information, where the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type, and the first user equipment accesses the network through the access function network element.
其中,“预配置”可以是运营商或管理者预定义的,即运营商或管理者将用户设备的信息提供给用户管理功能网元,以便后续连接建立过程中用户管理功能网元将用户设备的信息全部或者部分提供给接入功能网元。Among them, "pre-configuration" can be predefined by the operator or the manager, that is, the operator or the manager provides the information of the user equipment to the user management function network element, so that the user management function network element can use the user equipment in the subsequent connection establishment process. All or part of the information is provided to the access function network element.
示例性地,第一用户设备的信息还可选包括第一用户设备的标识(identify,ID)信息和/或第一用户设备的认证信息。Exemplarily, the information of the first user equipment may further optionally include identification (identify, ID) information of the first user equipment and/or authentication information of the first user equipment.
其中,第一用户设备的标识信息用于标识第一用户设备可以是第一用户设备的标识,或者第一用户设备的标识信息还可以是其他可以用于标识第一用户设备的信息;同理,第一类型信息用于指示第一用户设备的用户设备的类型,可以是用户设备类型(PUE type),或者第一类型信息还可以是其他能够用于指示用户设备类型的信息;第一用户设备的认证信息为对第一用户设备是否为合法设备进行认证所需的信息。The identification information of the first user equipment used to identify the first user equipment may be the identification of the first user equipment, or the identification information of the first user equipment may also be other information that can be used to identify the first user equipment; similarly , the first type information is used to indicate the type of user equipment of the first user equipment, which may be a user equipment type (PUE type), or the first type information may also be other information that can be used to indicate the type of user equipment; the first user equipment The authentication information of the device is information required for authenticating whether the first user device is a legitimate device.
图3所示的方法流程还可以包括:The method flow shown in FIG. 3 may also include:
S312,用户管理功能网元获取第一用户设备的信息。S312, the user management function network element acquires information of the first user equipment.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,接入功能网元本地预配置有第一类型信息。如,接入功能网元可以根据预配置获取第一用户设备的信息,第一用户设备的信息包括第一类型信息。As another possible implementation manner, the access function network element is locally preconfigured with the first type of information. For example, the access function network element may acquire the information of the first user equipment according to the pre-configuration, and the information of the first user equipment includes the first type information.
作为又一种可能的实现方式,接入功能网元可以从其他的设备获取第一类型信息。As another possible implementation manner, the access function network element may acquire the first type of information from other devices.
本申请实施例中对于接入功能网元获取第一类型信息的具体实现方式不做限定,下文中以接入功能网元接收来自用户管理功能网元的第一消息,第一消息中包括第一类型信息为例进行说明。即在该方式下,图3所示的方法流程还包括:In the embodiments of the present application, the specific implementation manner for the access function network element to obtain the first type of information is not limited. In the following, the access function network element receives the first message from the user management function network element, and the first message includes the first message. One type of information is described as an example. That is, in this manner, the method flow shown in FIG. 3 further includes:
S310,接入功能网元接收来自用户管理功能网元的第一类型信息。S310, the access function network element receives the first type information from the user management function network element.
例如,接入功能网元接收来自用户管理功能网元的第一消息,或者说用户管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送第一消息。该第一消息中包括第一类型信息。For example, the access function network element receives the first message from the user management function network element, or the user management function network element sends the first message to the access function network element. The first message includes first type information.
示例性地,接入功能网元可以是图2中所示的PNA,用户管理功能网元可以是图2中所示的AAA,第一用户设备可以是图2中所示的PUE。可以理解为本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法可以应用于图2所示的示的网络架构中。Exemplarily, the access function network element may be the PNA shown in FIG. 2 , the user management function network element may be the AAA shown in FIG. 2 , and the first user equipment may be the PUE shown in FIG. 2 . It can be understood that the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by this embodiment of the present application can be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 .
需要说明的是,上述的本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法可以应用于图2所示的网络架构中只是举例对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法还可以应用于其他网络架构中,只需要该网络架构中包括能够实现本申请实施例中所涉及的网元的功能的网元即可。It should be noted that the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application can be applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. The method for establishing a user plane connection can also be applied to other network architectures, as long as the network architecture includes network elements capable of implementing the functions of the network elements involved in the embodiments of the present application.
第一类型对应至少一个用户设备。例如,第一用户设备、第二用户设备……第N用户设备,一共N个用户设备均属于第一类型,则第一类型对应N个用户设备。The first type corresponds to at least one user equipment. For example, the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment, a total of N user equipments all belong to the first type, and the first type corresponds to N user equipments.
示例性地,一个用户设备可以同时属于一个或者多个类型。Exemplarily, a user equipment may belong to one or more types at the same time.
作为一种可能的实现方式,可以根据用户设备的业务需求将用户设备分成不同的类型(或者说类别)。As a possible implementation manner, the user equipment can be divided into different types (or categories) according to the service requirements of the user equipment.
例如,当第一用户设备、第二用户设备……第N用户设备,一共N个用户设备传输的业务相同或进行的业务以及对业务的控制需求相同或者相似时,可以将第一用户设备、第二用户设备……第N用户设备划分到同一个用户设备类型(如上述的第一类型)。For example, when the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment, a total of N user equipments transmit the same service or perform the same service and have the same or similar control requirements for the service, the first user equipment, The second user equipment...the Nth user equipment is divided into the same user equipment type (such as the above-mentioned first type).
应理解,基于业务和业务的控制需求进行用户设备类型的划分只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,基于其他的业务需求进行用户设备类型的划分也在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be understood that the division of user equipment types based on services and business control requirements is only an example, and does not constitute any limitation to the protection scope of this application, and the division of user equipment types based on other service requirements is also within the protection scope of this application. .
作为另一种可能的实现方式,可以根据用户设备的业务特征将用户设备分成不同的用户设备类型。As another possible implementation manner, the user equipment may be divided into different user equipment types according to service characteristics of the user equipment.
例如,当第一用户设备、第二用户设备……第N用户设备,一共N个用户设备业务包大小相同或者相似(或者说业务包大小满足预设条件)时,可以将第一用户设备、第二用户设备……第N用户设备划分到同一个用户设备类型。For example, when the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment, a total of N user equipment service packages have the same or similar size (or the service package size meets a preset condition), the first user equipment, The second user equipment...the Nth user equipment is classified into the same user equipment type.
应理解,基于用户设备都属于VR设备进行用户设备类型的划分只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,基于其他的用户设备的类型进行用户设备类型的划分也在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be understood that the division of user equipment types based on the fact that user equipment belongs to VR equipment is only an example, and does not constitute any limitation to the protection scope of this application. The division of user equipment types based on other user equipment types is also within the protection scope of this application. within.
作为又一种可能的实现方式,可以根据用户设备的类别将用户设备分成不同的用户设备类型。As another possible implementation manner, the user equipment may be divided into different user equipment types according to the category of the user equipment.
例如,当第一用户设备、第二用户设备……第N用户设备,一共N个用户设备都属于VR设备时,可以将第一用户设备、第二用户设备……第N用户设备划分到同一个用户设备类型。For example, when the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment, a total of N user equipments all belong to VR devices, the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment can be divided into the same A user device type.
应理解,基于用户设备都属于VR设备进行用户设备类型的划分只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,基于其他的用户设备的类型进行用户设备类型的划分也在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be understood that the division of user equipment types based on the fact that user equipment belongs to VR equipment is only an example, and does not constitute any limitation to the protection scope of this application. The division of user equipment types based on other user equipment types is also within the protection scope of this application. within.
需要说明的是,上述用户设备类型的划分只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,还可以有其他的划分方式将用户设备划分为不同的用户设备类型,这里不再一一举例说明。It should be noted that the above division of user equipment types is only an example, and does not constitute any limitation to the protection scope of this application. There may also be other division methods to divide the user equipment into different user equipment types, which will not be described one by one here. .
作为一种示例,对于垂直行业用户设备来说业务需求通常是较为固定的,所以本申请提供的用于建立连接的方法可以应用于为垂直行业提供业务通信连接。但需要说明的是,本申请提供的用于建立连接的方法并不限制应用于垂直行业。在非垂直行业中,也可能存在一些用户设备,其业务需求具有类似的、较为固定的特点,则本申请提供的用于建立连接的方法也可以应用于为这些用户设备建立用户面连接。As an example, service requirements for user equipment in vertical industries are usually relatively fixed, so the method for establishing a connection provided in this application can be applied to provide service communication connections for vertical industries. However, it should be noted that the method for establishing a connection provided in this application is not limited to be applied to vertical industries. In a non-vertical industry, there may also be some user equipments whose service requirements have similar and relatively fixed characteristics, and the method for establishing a connection provided in this application can also be applied to establishing a user plane connection for these user equipments.
作为一种可能的实现方式,上述的第一消息可以是认证消息。例如,第一消息为AAA协议消息。As a possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned first message may be an authentication message. For example, the first message is an AAA protocol message.
若第一消息为认证消息,则可以理解为用户管理功能网元在认证流程中将上述的第一类型信息发送给接入功能网元。If the first message is an authentication message, it can be understood that the user management function network element sends the above-mentioned first type information to the access function network element in the authentication process.
示例性地,第一消息中还包括认证成功信息,该认证成功信息用于指示对第一用户设备的认证完成。Exemplarily, the first message further includes authentication success information, where the authentication success information is used to indicate that the authentication of the first user equipment is completed.
具体地,该第一消息中包括认证成功信息和第一类型信息。其中,认证成功信息用于指示对第一用户设备的认证成功。Specifically, the first message includes authentication success information and first type information. The authentication success information is used to indicate that the authentication of the first user equipment is successful.
示例性地,认证成功信息可以为EAP成功(EAP success)信息。Exemplarily, the authentication success information may be EAP success (EAP success) information.
在该实现方式下,接入功能网元可以向用户管理功能网元发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括第一用户设备对应的认证信息,认证信息用于指示发起对第一用户设备的认证流程。In this implementation manner, the access function network element may send a second message to the user management function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, and the authentication information is used to instruct initiating an authentication of the first user equipment. Certification process.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,上述的第一消息可以是用户管理功能网元和接入功能网元之间其他的交互消息。As another possible implementation manner, the above-mentioned first message may be other interaction messages between the user management function network element and the access function network element.
例如,第一消息是为了传输第一类型信息而新增的用户管理功能网元和接入功能网元之间的信令;For example, the first message is signaling between the newly added user management function network element and the access function network element for transmitting the first type of information;
还例如,第一消息可以复用用户管理功能网元和接入功能网元之间的某条信令,在该信令中新增信元(第一类型信息)。Also, for example, the first message may multiplex a certain signaling between the user management function network element and the access function network element, and add a new information element (the first type of information) in the signaling.
应理解,当第一消息为认证消息的情况下,说明用户管理功能网元和接入功能网元之间经过认证,能够提高方案的安全性;或者,It should be understood that when the first message is an authentication message, it means that the authentication between the user management function network element and the access function network element can improve the security of the solution; or,
当第一消息不是上述的认证消息的情况下,为了保证方案的安全性可以执行用户管理功能网元和接入功能网元之间的认证流程。When the first message is not the above-mentioned authentication message, in order to ensure the security of the solution, an authentication process between the user management function network element and the access function network element may be performed.
可选地,接入功能网元获取到上述的第一类型信息之后,可以在本地保存该第一类型信息。例如,接入功能网元在第一用户设备的上下文中存储第一类型信息。Optionally, after acquiring the above-mentioned first type information, the access function network element may store the first type information locally. For example, the access function network element stores the first type of information in the context of the first user equipment.
进一步地,本申请实施例中,接入功能网元能够获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息,该第一控制信息用于指示接入功能网元如何与第一用户设备建立用户面连接,图3所示的方法流程还包括:Further, in this embodiment of the present application, the access function network element can acquire first control information corresponding to the first type of information, where the first control information is used to instruct the access function network element how to establish a user plane connection with the first user equipment , the method flow shown in Figure 3 also includes:
S320,接入功能网元获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。S320: The access function network element acquires first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
该第一控制信息适用于用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备,即适用于第一用户设备。The first control information is applicable to user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type, that is, applicable to the first user equipment.
示例性地,接入功能网元获取到第一类型对应的第一控制信息之后,可以基于该第一控制信息确定为用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接。Exemplarily, after acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type, the access function network element may determine, based on the first control information, to establish a user plane connection for the user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type.
第一控制信息中包括以下信息中的至少一种:The first control information includes at least one of the following information:
服务质量控制信息、安全控制信息、移动性控制信息、业务画像信息或业务信息。Service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, business profile information or business information.
其中,服务质量控制信息用于指示无线空口业务的传输控制策略,包括指示时延、丢包率、速率、调度优先级、丢包优先级等特征的信息。其中,丢包优先级用于网络确定丢弃数据包时的丢包顺序;The QoS control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service, including information indicating characteristics such as delay, packet loss rate, rate, scheduling priority, and packet loss priority. Among them, the packet loss priority is used by the network to determine the packet loss sequence when discarding data packets;
应理解,服务质量控制信息可以对应业务信息,即指示业务信息对应的业务的服务质量控制信息。It should be understood that the service quality control information may correspond to service information, that is, service quality control information indicating a service corresponding to the service information.
安全控制信息用于指示安全策略。Security control information is used to indicate security policies.
在一种可能的实现方式中,安全策略用于指示用户面和/或信令面是否开启加密保护,或完整性保护。例如,安全策略包括两类信息,其中,一类信息包括加密保护是必需开启(required),偏好开启(preferred),或不需要开启(not needed);另一类信息包括完整性保护是必需开启(required),偏好开启(preferred),或不需要开启(not needed)。In a possible implementation manner, the security policy is used to indicate whether encryption protection or integrity protection is enabled on the user plane and/or the signaling plane. For example, a security policy includes two types of information. One type of information includes whether encryption protection is required, preferred, or not needed; the other type of information includes integrity protection. (required), preferred, or not needed.
示例性的,安全策略包括用户面的安全策略(用于确定用户面的安全保护方法)和/或信令面的安全策略。其中,用户面的安全策略用于指示是否开启用户面加密保护和/或用户面完整性保护。控制面的安全策略用于指示是否开启控制面加密保护和/或控制面完整性保护。Exemplarily, the security policy includes a user plane security policy (for determining a user plane security protection method) and/or a signaling plane security policy. The security policy of the user plane is used to indicate whether to enable the encryption protection of the user plane and/or the integrity protection of the user plane. The security policy of the control plane is used to indicate whether to enable the encryption protection of the control plane and/or the integrity protection of the control plane.
例如,用户面安全策略包括两类信息,其中,一类信息包括用户面加密保护是必需开启(required),偏好开启(preferred),或不需要开启(not needed);另一类信息包括用户面完整性保护是必需开启(required),偏好开启(preferred),或不需要开启(not  needed)。For example, the user plane security policy includes two types of information. One type of information includes whether user plane encryption protection is required, preferred, or not needed; the other type of information includes user plane encryption protection. Integrity protection is required, preferred, or not needed.
还例如,用户面安全策略包括两类信息,其中,一类信息包括用户面加密保护是必需开启(required)或不需要开启(not needed);另一类信息包括用户面完整性保护是必需开启(required)或不需要开启(not needed)。Also for example, the user plane security policy includes two types of information, wherein one type of information includes whether user plane encryption protection must be enabled (required) or not (not needed); the other type of information includes whether user plane integrity protection must be enabled. (required) or not needed (not needed).
应理解,安全控制信息可以对应业务信息,即指示业务信息对应的业务的安全控制信息。安全控制信息还可以包括安全算法信息,用于指示用户设备类型对应的至少一个用户设备支持使用的安全算法,包括加密算法和完整性保护算法。安全控制信息对应用户设备类型,指示用户设备类型对应的用户设备的安全控制信息。It should be understood that the security control information may correspond to service information, that is, security control information indicating a service corresponding to the service information. The security control information may also include security algorithm information, which is used to indicate the security algorithms supported and used by at least one user equipment corresponding to the user equipment type, including encryption algorithms and integrity protection algorithms. The security control information corresponds to the user equipment type, and indicates the security control information of the user equipment corresponding to the user equipment type.
移动性控制信息用于指示所述第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备的移动策略。The mobility control information is used to indicate a mobility policy of at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type.
示例性地,移动策略可以由接入区域标识。例如,移动性控制信息可以包括用户设备能够接入的区域信息或限制接入的区域。Illustratively, a mobility policy may be identified by an access area. For example, the mobility control information may include area information that the user equipment can access or areas to which access is restricted.
业务画像信息用于指示用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备访问业务或进行业务传输的规律。例如,访问业务的规律:开始访问业务时间、结束访问业务时间等。The service profile information is used to indicate a rule for user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type to access services or perform service transmission. For example, the rules of accessing services: the time to start accessing the service, the time to end the access to the service, and so on.
应理解,业务画像信息可以对应业务信息,即指示业务信息对应的业务的画像信息。It should be understood that the business portrait information may correspond to business information, that is, portrait information indicating a business corresponding to the business information.
业务信息用于指示用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备传输的业务的信息,业务信息可以用于辅助确定如何建立连接或对建立的连接进行控制。The service information is used to indicate the information of the service transmitted by the user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type, and the service information can be used to assist in determining how to establish a connection or control the established connection.
业务信息包括业务过滤信息和/或业务特征信息。业务过滤信息包括对于IP类型的数据连接,可以包括IP地址、端口号、协议类型等信息;还包括对于以太类型的数据连接,可以包括MAC地址、以太类型、IP类型过滤信息(以太类包封装的载荷为IP类型时可以包括);业务特征信息包括传输特征(如包传输间隔)、业务开启特征(如业务何时传输等)、包大小,业务特征信息可以单独定义或作为服务质量控制信息的一部分。The service information includes service filtering information and/or service characteristic information. Service filtering information includes information such as IP address, port number, protocol type, etc. for IP-type data connections; and for Ethernet-type data connections, including MAC address, Ethernet type, and IP type filtering information (Ether type packet encapsulation information). can be included when the payload is IP type); service characteristic information includes transmission characteristics (such as packet transmission interval), service opening characteristics (such as when the service is transmitted, etc.), packet size, and service characteristic information can be defined separately or as service quality control information a part of.
示例性地,接入功能网元获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息包括以下几种可能的方式:Exemplarily, the access function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information in the following possible ways:
方式一:method one:
接入功能网元从至少一个控制信息中获取与第一类型信息相对应的第一控制信息。其中,该至少一个控制信息中包括该第一控制信息。The access function network element acquires first control information corresponding to the first type of information from at least one control information. Wherein, the at least one control information includes the first control information.
例如,接入功能网元本地存储有至少一个控制信息,该至少一个控制信息中包括控制信息#1、控制信息#2、……控制信息#N。应理解,接入功能网元能够从至少一个控制信息中获取与第一类型信息相对应的第一控制信息,如,该N个控制信息中的每个控制信息包括一个类型信息,接入功能网元可以对比接收到的第一类型信息和N个类型信息,获取出包括该第一类型信息的控制信息,如,控制信息#1中包括的类型信息为第一类型信息,则第一控制信息为控制信息#1。For example, the access function network element locally stores at least one control information, and the at least one control information includes control information #1, control information #2, ... control information #N. It should be understood that the access function network element can obtain first control information corresponding to the first type of information from at least one piece of control information. For example, each control information in the N pieces of control information includes one type of information, and the access function The network element can compare the received first type information with N types of information, and obtain control information including the first type information. For example, if the type information included in the control information #1 is the first type information, then the first control The information is control information #1.
示例性地,方式一中接入功能网元获取至少一个控制信息包括以下几种可能:Exemplarily, in the first way, the access function network element obtains at least one control information, including the following possibilities:
可能一、接入功能网元本地配置有该至少一个控制信息。 Possibility 1. The access function network element is locally configured with the at least one control information.
可能二、接入功能网元接收来自用户管理功能网元的该至少一个控制信息。Possibly two, the access function network element receives the at least one control information from the user management function network element.
可能三、接入功能网元接收来自网络管理功能网元的该至少一个控制信息。Possibly three, the access function network element receives the at least one control information from the network management function network element.
方式二:Method two:
接入功能网元接收来自用户管理功能网元的第一控制信息。The access function network element receives the first control information from the user management function network element.
在方式二下,接入功能网元向用户管理功能网元发送第一类型信息,用户管理功能网 元获取与第一类型信息相对应的第一控制信息,并将该第一控制信息发送给接入功能网元。In the second mode, the access function network element sends the first type of information to the user management function network element, the user management function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and sends the first control information to Access functional network elements.
示例性地,接入功能网元向用户管理功能网元发送第一类型信息可以是:接入功能网元向用户管理功能网元发送第一请求消息,该第一请求消息中包括第一类型信息。Exemplarily, the sending of the first type of information by the access function network element to the user management function network element may be: the access function network element sends a first request message to the user management function network element, where the first request message includes the first type of information. information.
示例性地,用户管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送第一控制信息可以是:用户管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送第一响应消息,该第一响应消息中包括第一控制信息。Exemplarily, the user management function network element sending the first control information to the access function network element may be: the user management function network element sends a first response message to the access function network element, where the first response message includes the first control information.
可选的,方式二中用户管理功能网元能够向接入功能网元发送第一控制信息的前提是,用户管理功能网元从网络管理功能网元获得了该第一控制信息。Optionally, the premise that the user management function network element can send the first control information to the access function network element in the second way is that the user management function network element obtains the first control information from the network management function network element.
用户管理功能网元从网络管理功能网元获得了该第一控制信息包括以下两种可能:The user management function network element obtains the first control information from the network management function network element, including the following two possibilities:
可能一、用户管理功能网元获取到第一类型信息,基于该第一类型信息获取该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息之前,用户管理功能网元从网络管理功能网元处获取到至少一个控制信息。在本申请实施例中,第一类型对应的第一控制信息也可以称为第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。第一类型可以由第一类型信息来指示。 Possibility 1. The user management function network element obtains the first type of information, and before acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type of information based on the first type information, the user management function network element obtains at least from the network management function network element. a control message. In this embodiment of the present application, the first control information corresponding to the first type may also be referred to as the first control information corresponding to the first type of information. The first type may be indicated by the first type information.
该至少一个控制信息中包括该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。The at least one control information includes first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
具体地,用户管理功能网元接收并存储至少一个控制信息之后,用户管理功能网元可以根据存储的至少一个控制信息以及接收到的第一类型信息,获取该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。Specifically, after the user management function network element receives and stores at least one piece of control information, the user management function network element may obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type of information according to the stored at least one control information and the received first type information information.
具体地,获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息包括:Specifically, acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type of information includes:
用户管理功能网元确定至少一个控制信息中包括第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。The user management function network element determines that at least one control information includes first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
用户管理功能网元根据第一类型信息确定本地存储的至少一个控制信息中是否包括接收到的第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息,即,将第一类型信息与存储在本地的至少一个控制信息中包括的控制信息分别对应的类型信息进行比较。The user management function network element determines, according to the first type information, whether the locally stored at least one control information includes the first control information corresponding to the received first type information, that is, compares the first type information with the locally stored at least one control information The control information included in the information is compared with the corresponding type information respectively.
若本地存储的至少一个控制信息中的某个控制信息对应的类型信息为第一类型信息,则用户管理功能网元从至少一个控制信息中获取第一控制信息。If the type information corresponding to a certain control information in the locally stored at least one control information is the first type information, the user management function network element acquires the first control information from the at least one control information.
例如,用户管理功能网元本地存储有至少一个控制信息,该至少一个控制信息中包括控制信息#1、控制信息#2、……控制信息#N。该N个控制信息中分别包括N个类型信息,用户管理功能网元对比接收到的第一类型信息和该N个类型信息,确定出包括该第一类型信息的控制信息,如,控制信息#1中包括的类型信息为第一类型信息,则第一控制信息为控制信息#1,用户管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送的第一响应消息中包括该控制信息#1。For example, the user management function network element locally stores at least one control information, and the at least one control information includes control information #1, control information #2, ... control information #N. The N pieces of control information respectively include N pieces of type information, and the user management function network element compares the received first type information with the N pieces of information, and determines the control information including the first type information, for example, control information# The type information included in 1 is the first type information, the first control information is control information #1, and the first response message sent by the user management function network element to the access function network element includes the control information #1.
可能二、用户管理功能网元获取到第一类型信息之后,从网络管理功能网元处获取该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。Possibly 2, after the user management function network element obtains the first type of information, the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is obtained from the network management function network element.
在可能二下,用户管理功能网元向网络管理功能网元发送第一类型信息,网络管理功能网元获取与第一类型信息相对应的第一控制信息,并将该第一控制信息发送给用户管理功能网元。In the second possibility, the user management function network element sends the first type of information to the network management function network element, the network management function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and sends the first control information to User management function network element.
可选的,若用户管理功能网元本地存储的至少一个控制信息中不存在某个控制信息对应的类型信息为第一类型信息,则用户管理功能网元向网络管理功能网元发送第一类型信息,网络管理功能网元获取与第一类型信息相对应的第一控制信息,并将该第一控制信息发送给用户管理功能网元;Optionally, if the type information corresponding to a certain control information does not exist in at least one control information stored locally by the user management function network element is the first type information, the user management function network element sends the first type information to the network management function network element. information, the network management function network element obtains first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and sends the first control information to the user management function network element;
例如,用户管理功能网元本地存储有至少一个控制信息,该至少一个控制信息中包括控制信息#1、控制信息#2、……控制信息#N。该N个控制信息中分别包括N个类型信息,用户管理功能网元对比接收到的第一类型信息和该N个类型信息,确定N个控制信息中没有与第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。用户管理功能网元可以从网络管理功能网元处获取该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。For example, the user management function network element locally stores at least one control information, and the at least one control information includes control information #1, control information #2, ... control information #N. The N pieces of control information respectively include N pieces of type information, and the user management function network element compares the received first type information with the N pieces of type information, and determines that there is no first control corresponding to the first type information in the N pieces of control information information. The user management function network element may acquire the first control information corresponding to the first type of information from the network management function network element.
可选的,用户管理功能网元本地存储的至少一个控制信息是从网络管理功能网元获取的。示例性地,用户管理功能网元向网络管理功能网元发送第一类型信息可以是:用户管理功能网元向网络管理功能网元发送第四消息,或者说,网络管理功能网元接收来自用户管理功能网元的第四消息。该第四消息用于请求获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息,第四消息中包括该第一类型信息。Optionally, the at least one control information stored locally by the user management function network element is acquired from the network management function network element. Exemplarily, the sending of the first type of information by the user management function network element to the network management function network element may be: the user management function network element sends the fourth message to the network management function network element, or the network management function network element receives a message from the user. The fourth message of the management function network element. The fourth message is used to request to obtain first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and the fourth message includes the first type of information.
示例性地,网络管理功能网元向用户管理功能网元发送第一控制信息可以是:响应于第四消息,网络管理功能网元向用户管理功能网元发送第一控制信息,或者说,用户管理功能网元接收来自网络管理功能网元的第一控制信息。Exemplarily, the network management function network element sending the first control information to the user management function network element may be: in response to the fourth message, the network management function network element sends the first control information to the user management function network element, or in other words, the user The management function network element receives the first control information from the network management function network element.
另外,需要说明的是,用户管理功能网元也可以在上述的第一消息中包括该第一控制信息,接入功能网元接收到第一消息之后即可以获取到该第一控制信息,无需再向用户管理功能网元请求第一控制信息,换而言之,接入功能网元无需向用户管理功能网元发送第一类型信息以请求第一控制信息,即第一请求消息和第四消息以及它们的响应消息可省略。可选的,在该实现方式下,用户管理功能网元可以根据本地存储的控制信息的状态或标记(例如,指示控制信息是否被发送给接入功能网元)确定在第一消息中是否包括第一控制信息。In addition, it should be noted that the user management function network element may also include the first control information in the above-mentioned first message, and the access function network element can obtain the first control information after receiving the first message, without the need for Then request the first control information from the user management function network element. In other words, the access function network element does not need to send the first type of information to the user management function network element to request the first control information, that is, the first request message and the fourth control information. Messages and their response messages can be omitted. Optionally, in this implementation manner, the user management function network element may determine whether to include in the first message according to the state or flag of the locally stored control information (for example, indicating whether the control information is sent to the access function network element). first control information.
例如,在认证过程中用户管理功能网元通过上述的第一消息向接入功能网元发送第一类型信息时,同时下发该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。接入功能网元可以使用该第一控制信息与第一用户设备建立用户面连接。For example, when the user management function network element sends the first type of information to the access function network element through the above-mentioned first message during the authentication process, the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is simultaneously delivered. The access function network element may use the first control information to establish a user plane connection with the first user equipment.
方式三:Method three:
接入功能网元接收来自网络管理功能网元的第一控制信息。The access function network element receives the first control information from the network management function network element.
在方式三下,接入功能网元向网络管理功能网元发送第一类型信息,网络管理功能网元获取与第一类型信息相对应的第一控制信息,并将该第一控制信息发送给接入功能网元。In the third mode, the access function network element sends the first type of information to the network management function network element, the network management function network element obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and sends the first control information to Access functional network elements.
示例性地,接入功能网元向网络管理功能网元发送第一类型信息可以是:接入功能网元向网络管理功能网元发送第二请求消息,该第二请求消息中包括第一类型信息。Exemplarily, the sending of the first type of information by the access function network element to the network management function network element may be: the access function network element sends a second request message to the network management function network element, where the second request message includes the first type of information. information.
示例性地,网络管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送第一控制信息可以是:网络管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送第二响应消息,该第二响应消息中包括第一控制信息。Exemplarily, the sending of the first control information by the network management function network element to the access function network element may be: the network management function network element sends a second response message to the access function network element, where the second response message includes the first control information. information.
例如,网络管理功能网元本地存储有至少一个控制信息,该至少一个控制信息中包括控制信息#1、控制信息#2、……控制信息#N。该N个控制信息中分别包括N个类型信息,网络管理功能网元对比接收到的第一类型信息和该N个类型信息,确定出包括该第一类型信息的控制信息,如,控制信息#1中包括的类型信息为第一类型信息,则第一控制信息为控制信息#1,网络管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送的第二响应消息中包括该控制信息#1。For example, the network element of the network management function locally stores at least one piece of control information, and the at least one piece of control information includes control information #1, control information #2, ... control information #N. The N pieces of control information respectively include N pieces of type information, and the network management function network element compares the received first type information with the N pieces of information, and determines the control information including the first type information, for example, control information# The type information included in 1 is the first type information, the first control information is control information #1, and the second response message sent by the network management function network element to the access function network element includes the control information #1.
示例性地,在上述方式一中的可能二、可能三、方式二或方式三中,接入功能网元以 及用户管理功能网元获得的至少一个控制信息可以是从网络管理功能网元获取的,则图3所示的方法流程还包括:Exemplarily, in the second possibility, the third possibility, the second method, or the third method in the first manner, the at least one control information obtained by the access function network element and the user management function network element may be obtained from the network management function network element. , the method flow shown in FIG. 3 also includes:
S321,网络管理功能网元获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息。S321, the network management function network element acquires first control information corresponding to the first type.
示例性地,网络管理功能网元获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息包括:所述网络管理功能网元获取至少一个控制信息,所述至少一个控制信息中包括所述第一控制信息。Exemplarily, acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type by the network management function network element includes: acquiring, by the network management function network element, at least one piece of control information, where the at least one control information includes the first control information.
示例性的,运营商或管理者将至少一个控制信息提供给网络管理功能网元。例如,企业通过P4接口将至少一个控制信息配置到网络管理功能网元,由上述描述可知,网络管理功能网元可以直接向接入功能网元发送第一控制信息,或者,网络管理功能网元可以通过用户管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送第一控制信息。Exemplarily, the operator or the manager provides at least one control information to the network management function network element. For example, the enterprise configures at least one control information to the network management function network element through the P4 interface. It can be seen from the above description that the network management function network element can directly send the first control information to the access function network element, or the network management function network element can directly send the first control information. The first control information may be sent to the access function network element through the user management function network element.
示例性地,网络管理功能网元可以直接向接入功能网元发送第一控制信息可以是网络管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送第一控制信息,还可以是网络管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送至少一个第一控制信息,该至少一个第一控制信息中包括第一控制信息。Exemplarily, the network management function network element may directly send the first control information to the access function network element, which may be the network management function network element sending the first control information to the access function network element, or may be the network management function network element sending the first control information to the access function network element. The access function network element sends at least one piece of first control information, where the at least one piece of first control information includes the first control information.
示例性地,网络管理功能网元通过用户管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送第一控制信息包括:Exemplarily, sending the first control information by the network management function network element to the access function network element through the user management function network element includes:
网络管理功能网元向用户管理功能网元发送第一控制信息;The network management function network element sends the first control information to the user management function network element;
或者,网络管理功能网元向用户管理功能网元发送至少一个第一控制信息,该至少一个第一控制信息中包括第一控制信息。Alternatively, the network management function network element sends at least one piece of first control information to the user management function network element, where the at least one first control information includes the first control information.
进一步地,本申请实施例中,接入功能网元能够基于第一控制信息与第一用户设备建立用户面连接,图3所示的方法流程还包括:Further, in the embodiment of the present application, the access function network element can establish a user plane connection with the first user equipment based on the first control information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 3 further includes:
S330,接入功能网元根据第一控制信息与第一用户设备建立用户面连接。S330, the access function network element establishes a user plane connection with the first user equipment according to the first control information.
接入功能网元根据S320中获取的第一控制信息与第一用户设备建立用户面的无线资源连接。The access function network element establishes a user plane radio resource connection with the first user equipment according to the first control information obtained in S320.
作为一种可能的实现方式,建立用户面的无线资源连接包括根据第一控制信息中的服务质量控制信息控制(包括建立、修改或者删除)与第一用户设备之间的数据无线承载;As a possible implementation manner, establishing a radio resource connection on the user plane includes controlling (including establishing, modifying or deleting) a data radio bearer with the first user equipment according to the quality of service control information in the first control information;
可选的,建立用户面的无线资源连接还包括根据第一控制信息中的安全控制信息控制(包括建立、修改或者删除)与第一用户设备之间的用户面的安全保护;Optionally, establishing the radio resource connection of the user plane further includes controlling (including establishing, modifying or deleting) the security protection of the user plane with the first user equipment according to the security control information in the first control information;
可选地,接入功能网元还可以根据第一控制信息中的业务画像信息确定在特定时间或者在该特定时间之前向第一用户设备发起用户面连接配置流程,动态控制(包括建立、修改或者删除)第一用户设备的用户面连接。Optionally, the access function network element may also determine, according to the service profile information in the first control information, to initiate a user plane connection configuration process to the first user equipment at a specific time or before the specific time, and dynamically control (including establishing, modifying, and or delete) the user plane connection of the first user equipment.
接入功能网元获取该第一控制信息之后,能够将第一控制信息储存在本地,当接收到用户类型为第一类型的用户设备的用户面连接建立请求时,可以基于该第一控制信息为用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接。After the access function network element obtains the first control information, it can store the first control information locally, and when receiving a user plane connection establishment request of a user equipment whose user type is the first type, the first control information can be used based on the first control information. A user plane connection is established for user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type.
可选的,该接入功能网元接收来自第二用户设备的第五消息,该第五消息用于请求建立用户面连接,该接入功能网元根据该第一控制信息为该第二用户设备建立用户面连接,其中,该第二用户设备的用户类型为该第一类型。Optionally, the access function network element receives a fifth message from the second user equipment, where the fifth message is used to request the establishment of a user plane connection, and the access function network element is the second user according to the first control information. The device establishes a user plane connection, wherein the user type of the second user equipment is the first type.
基于上述实施例描述,本申请提供的用于用户面连接建立的方法,可以根据不同的业务需求将用户设备分成不同类型,并基于用户设备的类型对应的控制信息为同一类用户设备建立用户面连接,由于用户设备类型相同的用户设备具有相同或者相类似的业务需求,这些用户设备建立用户面连接的控制信息可以复用,因此在本申请实施例提供的用于建立 用户面连接的方法中,通过在接入功能网元上保存有用于为用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接所需的第一控制信息,因而当用户设备类型为第一类型的多个用户设备通过该接入功能网元接入网络时,接入功能网元可以使用其存有的第一控制信息为每个用户设备分别建立用户面连接,而无需针对每个用户设备分别从核心网获取其建立用户面连接所需的控制信息,从而简化了建立用户面连接的流程,提高了通信系统为用户设备建立用户面连接的效率,实现了通信的优化。Based on the description of the above embodiments, the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by this application can divide user equipment into different types according to different service requirements, and establish a user plane for the same type of user equipment based on the control information corresponding to the type of user equipment. connection. Since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for establishing user plane connections of these user equipments can be multiplexed. Therefore, in the method for establishing user plane connections provided by the embodiments of this application , by storing the first control information required for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment of the first type of user equipment on the access function network element, so when the user equipment of the first type of user equipment passes through the When the access function network element accesses the network, the access function network element can use the stored first control information to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment, without the need to obtain the information from the core network for each user equipment. The control information required for establishing the user plane connection simplifies the process of establishing the user plane connection, improves the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment, and realizes the optimization of the communication.
为了便于理解,下面结合图4至图6详细说明本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法。For ease of understanding, the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 .
示例性地,上述的PNA可以是图2中所示的PNA,AAA可以是图2中所示的AAA,第一PUE可以是图2中所示的PUE,PNM可以是图2中所示的PNM。Exemplarily, the above-mentioned PNA may be the PNA shown in FIG. 2 , the AAA may be the AAA shown in FIG. 2 , the first PUE may be the PUE shown in FIG. 2 , and the PNM may be the one shown in FIG. 2 . PNM.
图4是本申请实施例提供的另一种用于建立用户面连接的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图4所示的方法流程中,第一用户设备以第一PUE为例、接入功能网元以PNA为例、用户管理功能网元以AAA为例、网络管理功能网元以PNM为例、上述的第一消息以认证消息为例,上述的S320中PNA获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息为方式一所述的方式为例,图4所示的用于建立用户面连接的方法至少包括以下部分步骤:In the method flow shown in FIG. 4, the first user equipment takes the first PUE as an example, the access function network element takes the PNA as an example, the user management function network element takes the AAA as an example, the network management function network element takes the PNM as an example, The above-mentioned first message takes the authentication message as an example, the above-mentioned S320 in which the PNA obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is the method described in the first mode as an example, and the method for establishing a user plane connection shown in FIG. 4 is used as an example. At least some of the following steps are included:
S411,AAA获取第一类型信息。S411, AAA obtains first type information.
S411可以参考S312的描述,这里不再赘述。S411 may refer to the description of S312, which will not be repeated here.
S412,PNA接收来自第一PUE的RRC建立请求消息。S412, the PNA receives the RRC establishment request message from the first PUE.
RRC建立请求消息中包括第一PUE的标识。The RRC setup request message includes the identifier of the first PUE.
S413,PNA触发认证流程。S413, the PNA triggers the authentication process.
具体地,PNA根据接收到的RRC建立请求消息触发认证流程。Specifically, the PNA triggers the authentication process according to the received RRC setup request message.
示例性地,该PNA可以根据RRC建立请求消息中的第一PUE的标识确定触发第一PUE的认证流程。Exemplarily, the PNA may determine to trigger the authentication process of the first PUE according to the identifier of the first PUE in the RRC setup request message.
该认证流程可以包括以下S414、S415、S416、S417、S410以及S419。The authentication process may include the following S414, S415, S416, S417, S410 and S419.
S414,PNA向第一PUE发送第一RRC消息。S414, the PNA sends the first RRC message to the first PUE.
该第一RRC消息中包括认证请求信息。The first RRC message includes authentication request information.
示例性地,认证请求信息为扩展的认证协议(extensible authentication protocol,EAP)请求(request)信息。Exemplarily, the authentication request information is extensible authentication protocol (extensible authentication protocol, EAP) request (request) information.
上述的EAP只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定,本申请实施例中对于认证流程不做限定,可以参考目前相关技术中的描述。The above-mentioned EAP is only an example, and does not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of the present application. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the authentication process, and reference may be made to the description in the current related art.
S415,第一PUE向PNA发送第二RRC消息。S415, the first PUE sends a second RRC message to the PNA.
该第二RRC消息中包括认证信息。认证信息也称为用于触发认证的标识信息。The second RRC message includes authentication information. Authentication information is also referred to as identification information for triggering authentication.
示例性的,认证信息包括第一PUE的标识信息,如用户永久标识(Subscription Permanent Identifier,SUPI)、用户加密标识(Subscription Concealed Identifier,SUCI)、国际移动用户识别码(International Mobile Subscriber Identity,IMSI)、第一PUE的用户名或网络访问标识(Network Access Identifier,NAI)等。Exemplarily, the authentication information includes the identification information of the first PUE, such as a user permanent identifier (Subscription Permanent Identifier, SUPI), a user encryption identifier (Subscription Concealed Identifier, SUCI), an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) , the user name of the first PUE, or the network access identifier (Network Access Identifier, NAI), etc.
示例性地,该第二RRC消息中包括EAP响应(EAP response)消息,EAP响应消息中包括认证信息。Exemplarily, the second RRC message includes an EAP response (EAP response) message, and the EAP response message includes authentication information.
应理解,上述的S414和S415为可选的,即本申请实施例中以PNA向第一PUE请求 用于触发认证的标识信息为例进行说明。PNA请求从第一PUE获取认证响应信息只是举例,对本申请的保护范围不构成任何的限定。例如,还可以是第一PUE主动向PNA上报一个用于触发认证的标识信息(如,上述S412的RRC建立请求消息中包括用于认证的标识),无需PNA请求第一PUE进行上报。It should be understood that the above S414 and S415 are optional, that is, in this embodiment of the present application, the PNA requests the first PUE for identification information for triggering authentication as an example for description. The request of the PNA to obtain the authentication response information from the first PUE is only an example, and does not constitute any limitation on the protection scope of this application. For example, the first PUE may also actively report an identification information for triggering authentication to the PNA (for example, the RRC establishment request message in the above S412 includes an identification for authentication) without the PNA requesting the first PUE to report.
S416,PNA向AAA发送第二消息,或者说AAA接收来自PNA的第二消息。S416, the PNA sends the second message to the AAA, or the AAA receives the second message from the PNA.
该第二消息中包括上述的第一PUE对应的认证信息,该认证信息用于指示AAA发起认证流程。The second message includes authentication information corresponding to the above-mentioned first PUE, where the authentication information is used to instruct the AAA to initiate an authentication process.
认证流程包括第一PUE和AAA之间执行认证消息交互,图4所示的方法流程还包括:The authentication process includes performing authentication message interaction between the first PUE and the AAA, and the method process shown in FIG. 4 further includes:
S417,第一PUE和AAA之间交互认证消息。S417, an authentication message is exchanged between the first PUE and the AAA.
第一PUE与AAA之间交互认证消息,执行双向认证。示例性的,认证消息可以为EAP消息。Authentication messages are exchanged between the first PUE and the AAA to perform bidirectional authentication. Exemplarily, the authentication message may be an EAP message.
S410,PNA接收来自AAA的第一消息,或者说AAA向PNA发送第一消息。S410, the PNA receives the first message from the AAA, or the AAA sends the first message to the PNA.
AAA根据第二消息中包括的认证信息确定第一PUE所属的用户类型为第一类型。The AAA determines that the user type to which the first PUE belongs is the first type according to the authentication information included in the second message.
可选地,该第一消息中包括第一类型信息和认证成功信息。Optionally, the first message includes first type information and authentication success information.
S410可以参考S310的描述,这里不再赘述。For S410, reference may be made to the description of S310, which will not be repeated here.
PNA接收到该第一消息之后,能够获得第一类型信息,本申请实施例中PNA可以将该第一类型信息存储下来,并向第一PUE通知认证成功,图4所示的方法流程还可以包括:After the PNA receives the first message, it can obtain the first type of information. In this embodiment of the present application, the PNA may store the first type of information, and notify the first PUE that the authentication is successful. The method flow shown in FIG. 4 may also be include:
S418,可选的,PNA存储第一类型信息。S418. Optionally, the PNA stores the first type of information.
示例性的,PNA在第一PUE的上下文中存储第一类型信息。Exemplarily, the PNA stores the first type of information in the context of the first PUE.
通过S416-S418,PNA获取第一类型信息,实现了S311。Through S416-S418, the PNA obtains the first type information, and S311 is implemented.
S419,PNA向第一PUE发送第三RRC消息。S419, the PNA sends a third RRC message to the first PUE.
该第三RRC消息中包括认证成功信息。The third RRC message includes authentication success information.
示例性地,如认证流程基于EAP消息,则认证成功信息为EAP成功(EAP success)信息。Exemplarily, if the authentication process is based on an EAP message, the authentication success information is EAP success (EAP success) information.
S420,PNA获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。S420: The PNA acquires first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
PNA从至少一个控制信息中获取与第一类型信息相对应的第一控制信息。其中,该至少一个控制信息中包括该第一控制信息。The PNA acquires first control information corresponding to the first type of information from at least one control information. Wherein, the at least one control information includes the first control information.
S420包括以下几种可能:S420 includes the following possibilities:
可能一、PNA本地配置有该至少一个控制信息。Possibly one, the PNA is locally configured with the at least one control information.
在可能一中,图4所示的方法流程还可以包括:In possibility one, the method flow shown in FIG. 4 may also include:
S421,PNA配置有至少一个控制信息。S421, the PNA is configured with at least one piece of control information.
一种可能的实现方式,PNA可以根据预配置获取至少一个控制信息,该至少一个控制信息包括上述的第一控制信息。其中,“预配置”可以是协议预定义的,即协议定义将至少一个控制信息提供给PNA,以便后续连接建立过程中PNA能够基于获取的类型信息获取对应的控制信息。In a possible implementation manner, the PNA may acquire at least one piece of control information according to the pre-configuration, where the at least one piece of control information includes the above-mentioned first control information. The "pre-configuration" may be predefined by the protocol, that is, the protocol definition provides at least one control information to the PNA, so that the PNA can obtain the corresponding control information based on the obtained type information in the subsequent connection establishment process.
可能二、PNA接收来自AAA的该至少一个控制信息。Possibly two, the PNA receives the at least one control information from the AAA.
在可能二中,图4所示的方法流程还可以包括:In the second possibility, the method flow shown in FIG. 4 may further include:
S422,PNA接收来自AAA的至少一个控制信息,或者说,AAA向PNA发送至少一 个控制信息。需要说明的是,在可能二中,S422可以与S410合并发生,即PNA接收来自AAA的第一消息,第一消息中包括第一类型信息和第一控制信息。S422, the PNA receives at least one control information from the AAA, or in other words, the AAA sends at least one control information to the PNA. It should be noted that, in the second possibility, S422 may be combined with S410, that is, the PNA receives the first message from the AAA, and the first message includes the first type information and the first control information.
可能三、PNA接收来自PNM的该至少一个控制信息。Possibly three, the PNA receives the at least one control information from the PNM.
在可能三中,图4所示的方法流程还可以包括:In the third possibility, the method flow shown in FIG. 4 may further include:
S423,PNA接收来自PNM的至少一个控制信息,或者说,PNM向PNA发送至少一个控制信息。S423, the PNA receives at least one piece of control information from the PNM, or in other words, the PNM sends at least one piece of control information to the PNA.
通过S421、S422或S423,PNA上存有第一类型对应的第一控制信息,通过S420,PNA获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息,实现了S320。Through S421, S422 or S423, the PNA stores the first control information corresponding to the first type, and through S420, the PNA obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type, and S320 is implemented.
进一步地,PNA能够基于第一控制信息与第一PUE建立用户面连接,图4所示的方法流程还包括:Further, the PNA can establish a user plane connection with the first PUE based on the first control information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 4 further includes:
S430,PNA根据第一控制信息与第一PUE建立用户面连接。S430, the PNA establishes a user plane connection with the first PUE according to the first control information.
示例性的,S430可以包括以下步骤:Exemplarily, S430 may include the following steps:
S431,PNA向第一PUE发送接入层(access stratum,AS)安全模式命令。S431, the PNA sends an access stratum (access stratum, AS) security mode command to the first PUE.
PNA根据获取的第一控制信息中的安全控制信息建立信令面的安全。AS安全模式命令包括完整性算法和/或加密算法。The PNA establishes the security of the signaling plane according to the acquired security control information in the first control information. AS security mode commands include integrity algorithms and/or encryption algorithms.
示例性地,AS安全模式命令包括用户面密钥推演指示,用于指示是否推演用户面的加密密钥和/或完整性保护密钥。具体地,确定包括用户面安全密钥推演指示可以是安全控制信息指示用户面的加密保护和完整性保护不开启(或者说不需要),则PNA无需生成用户面的加密密钥和保证性保护密钥,在命令中包括用户面安全密钥推演指示。Exemplarily, the AS security mode command includes a user plane key deduction instruction, which is used to indicate whether to deduce the encryption key and/or the integrity protection key of the user plane. Specifically, it is determined that the user plane security key derivation instruction may be the security control information indicating that the user plane encryption protection and integrity protection are not enabled (or not required), then the PNA does not need to generate the user plane encryption key and guaranteed protection. key, including the user plane security key derivation instruction in the command.
具体的,安全控制信息中包括第一PUE支持的完整性算法和/或加密算法。PNA根据第一PUE支持的完整性算法和/或加密算法确定PNA与第一PUE之间通信使用的完整性算法和/或加密算法。Specifically, the security control information includes the integrity algorithm and/or encryption algorithm supported by the first PUE. The PNA determines the integrity algorithm and/or the encryption algorithm used in the communication between the PNA and the first PUE according to the integrity algorithm and/or the encryption algorithm supported by the first PUE.
S432,第一PUE向PNA发送AS安全模式完成消息。S432, the first PUE sends an AS security mode completion message to the PNA.
S431-S432可选,即AS安全模式消息交互可选。S431-S432 are optional, that is, the AS security mode message interaction is optional.
S433,PNA向第一PUE发送RRC配置消息。S433, the PNA sends an RRC configuration message to the first PUE.
可选的,PNA根据获取的第一控制信息与第一PUE建立用户面的无线资源连接生成数据无线承载的配置信息。建立用户面的无线资源连接包括根据第一控制信息中的服务质量控制信息建立与第一PUE数据无线承载。示例性地,PNA向第一PUE发送数据无线承载的配置信息。Optionally, the PNA establishes a user plane radio resource connection with the first PUE according to the acquired first control information to generate configuration information of the data radio bearer. Establishing a radio resource connection on the user plane includes establishing a data radio bearer with the first PUE according to the quality of service control information in the first control information. Exemplarily, the PNA sends the configuration information of the data radio bearer to the first PUE.
示例性地,RRC配置消息中包括数据无线配置信息,如,包括上行业务过滤信息、优先级信息、或下行业务过滤信息。Exemplarily, the RRC configuration message includes data radio configuration information, for example, including uplink service filtering information, priority information, or downlink service filtering information.
进一步地,RRC配置消息还可以包括用户面安全配置信息,如用户面完整性保护指示和/或加密保护指示。Further, the RRC configuration message may also include user plane security configuration information, such as a user plane integrity protection indication and/or an encryption protection indication.
其中,数据无线配置信息用于PUE配置用户面连接,用户面安全配置信息用于指示PUE激活用户面的完整性保护或/和加密保护;业务过滤信息用于识别PUE上的数据包;优先级信息用于指示业务过滤信息的匹配顺序。Among them, the data wireless configuration information is used for the PUE to configure the user plane connection, the user plane security configuration information is used to instruct the PUE to activate the integrity protection or/and encryption protection of the user plane; the service filtering information is used to identify the data packets on the PUE; The information is used to indicate the matching order of the service filtering information.
进一步的,PNA本地存储下行业务过滤信息与数据无线承载的对应关系(简称下行对应关系),上行业务过滤信息和数据无线承载的对应关系(简称上行对应关系);Further, the PNA locally stores the correspondence between the downlink service filtering information and the data radio bearer (referred to as the downlink correspondence), and the correspondence between the uplink service filtering information and the data radio bearer (referred to as the uplink correspondence);
当PNA接收到下行数据包时,根据该下行的对应关系将数据包使用匹配到的数据无 线承载将数据包发送给第一PUE;When the PNA receives the downlink data packet, the data packet is sent to the first PUE using the matched data radio bearer according to the corresponding relationship of the downlink;
当PNA接收到来自第一PUE的上行数据包,根据上行对应关系,验证接收到的数据包是否使用正确的数据无线承载传输,如果是,则继续传输接收到的上行数据包,如果否,则丢弃接收到的数据包。When the PNA receives the uplink data packet from the first PUE, it verifies whether the received data packet is transmitted using the correct data radio bearer according to the uplink correspondence. If so, it continues to transmit the received uplink data packet. If not, then Drop received packets.
S434,第一PUE向PNA发送RRC配置完成消息。S434, the first PUE sends an RRC configuration complete message to the PNA.
可选的,当第一PUE的所属的用户类型,或者上述的第一控制信息发生变更时,PNA可以根据对应的信息,向第一PUE发起连接更新流程,以保证第一PUE使用正确的控制信息建立用户面连接。Optionally, when the user type to which the first PUE belongs or the above-mentioned first control information is changed, the PNA may initiate a connection update process to the first PUE according to the corresponding information, so as to ensure that the first PUE uses the correct control information to establish a user plane connection.
可选的,PNA还可以根据控制信息中的业务画像信息确定在特定时间向PUE发起RRC配置流程,动态为PUE建立用户面连接。例如,PNA获取控制信息之后,根据控制信息中的业务画像信息确定在业务开始前与PUE建立用户面连接。PNA基于该业务画像信息在预设时间段内发起RRC配置流程为PUE建立用户面连接,从而保证无需引入额外的信令来触发PNA为PUE建立用户面连接。Optionally, the PNA may also determine, according to the service profile information in the control information, to initiate an RRC configuration process to the PUE at a specific time, and dynamically establish a user plane connection for the PUE. For example, after the PNA obtains the control information, it is determined according to the service profile information in the control information to establish a user plane connection with the PUE before the service starts. Based on the service profile information, the PNA initiates an RRC configuration process within a preset time period to establish a user plane connection for the PUE, thereby ensuring that no additional signaling is required to trigger the PNA to establish a user plane connection for the PUE.
PNA获取该第一控制信息之后,能够将第一控制信息储存在本地,当接收到用户类型为第一类型的其他PUE的用户面连接建立请求时,可以基于该第一控制信息为用户设备类型为第一类型的其他PUE建立用户面连接。After the PNA acquires the first control information, it can store the first control information locally. When receiving a user plane connection establishment request from another PUE whose user type is the first type, it can be based on the first control information as the user equipment type. User plane connections are established for other PUEs of the first type.
可选的,PNA接收来自第二PUE的第五消息,该第五消息用于请求建立用户面连接,PNA根据该第一控制信息为第二PUE建立用户面连接,其中,该第二用户设备的用户类型为该第一类型。Optionally, the PNA receives a fifth message from the second PUE, where the fifth message is used to request the establishment of a user plane connection, and the PNA establishes a user plane connection for the second PUE according to the first control information, wherein the second user equipment The user type of is the first type.
图4所示的实施例中,PNA可以基于第一PUE所属的第一类型从预配置的或获取到的至少一个控制信息中获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息,根据该第一控制信息建立用户面连接。由于用户设备类型相同的用户设备具有相同或者相类似的业务需求,这些用户设备建立用户面连接的控制信息可以复用,因此在本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法中,通过在接入功能网元上保存有用于为用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接所需的第一控制信息,因而当用户设备类型为第一类型的多个用户设备通过该接入功能网元接入网络时,接入功能网元可以使用其存有的第一控制信息为每个用户设备分别建立用户面连接,而无需针对每个用户设备分别从核心网获取其建立用户面连接所需的控制信息,从而简化了建立用户面连接的流程,提高了通信系统为用户设备建立用户面连接的效率,实现了通信的优化。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 , the PNA may obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type from the preconfigured or obtained at least one control information based on the first type to which the first PUE belongs, and according to the first control information Establish a user plane connection. Since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for establishing user plane connections of these user equipments can be multiplexed. Therefore, in the method for establishing user plane connections provided by the embodiments of the present application, the The access function network element stores the first control information required for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment of the first type. Therefore, when multiple user equipments of the first type pass through the connection When the access function network element accesses the network, the access function network element can use its stored first control information to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment, without the need for each user equipment to obtain its establishment user from the core network. The control information required for the plane connection is simplified, the process of establishing the user plane connection is simplified, the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment is improved, and the optimization of the communication is realized.
图5是本申请实施例提供的又一种用于建立用户面连接的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体地,图5所示的方法流程中,第一用户设备以第一PUE为例、接入功能网元以PNA为例、用户管理功能网元以AAA为例、网络管理功能网元以PNM为例、上述的第一消息以认证消息为例,上述的S320中PNA获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息为方式二所述的方式为例,图5所示的用于建立用户面连接的方法至少包括以下部分步骤:Specifically, in the method flow shown in FIG. 5 , the first user equipment takes the first PUE as an example, the access function network element takes PNA as an example, the user management function network element takes AAA as an example, and the network management function network element takes PNM as an example. For example, the above-mentioned first message takes the authentication message as an example, the above-mentioned S320 in which the PNA obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is the method described in the second method, for example, the method shown in FIG. 5 is used to establish a user plane The connection method includes at least some of the following steps:
S511,AAA获取第一类型信息。S511, the AAA obtains the first type of information.
S511可以参考S311的描述,这里不再赘述。S511 can refer to the description of S311, which is not repeated here.
S512,PNA接收来自第一PUE的RRC建立请求消息。S512, the PNA receives the RRC establishment request message from the first PUE.
S512可以参考S412的描述,这里不再赘述。For S512, reference may be made to the description of S412, which will not be repeated here.
S513,PNA触发认证流程。S513, the PNA triggers the authentication process.
S513可以参考S413的描述,这里不再赘述。S513 can refer to the description of S413, which is not repeated here.
该认证流程具体可以包括以下S514、S515、S516、S517、S510以及S519。The authentication process may specifically include the following S514, S515, S516, S517, S510, and S519.
S514,PNA向第一PUE发送第一RRC消息。S514, the PNA sends the first RRC message to the first PUE.
S514可以参考S414的描述,这里不再赘述。For S514, reference may be made to the description of S414, which will not be repeated here.
S515,第一PUE向PNA发送第二RRC消息。S515, the first PUE sends a second RRC message to the PNA.
S515可以参考S415的描述,这里不再赘述。For S515, reference may be made to the description of S415, which will not be repeated here.
S516,PNA向AAA发送第二消息,或者说AAA接收来自PNA的第二消息。S516, the PNA sends the second message to the AAA, or the AAA receives the second message from the PNA.
S516可以参考S416的描述,这里不再赘述。For S516, reference may be made to the description of S416, which will not be repeated here.
S517,第一PUE和AAA之间交互认证消息。S517, an authentication message is exchanged between the first PUE and the AAA.
S517可以参考S417的描述,这里不再赘述。For S517, reference may be made to the description of S417, which will not be repeated here.
S510,PNA接收来自AAA的第一消息,或者说AAA向PNA发送第一消息。S510, the PNA receives the first message from the AAA, or the AAA sends the first message to the PNA.
S510可以参考S310的描述,这里不再赘述。S510 may refer to the description of S310, which will not be repeated here.
图5所示的方法流程还可以包括:The method flow shown in FIG. 5 may also include:
S518,可选的,PNA存储第一类型信息。S518. Optionally, the PNA stores the first type of information.
S518可以参考S418的描述,这里不再赘述。S518 can refer to the description of S418, which is not repeated here.
通过S516-S518,PNA获取第一类型信息,实现了S311。Through S516-S518, the PNA obtains the first type information, and S311 is implemented.
S519,PNA向第一PUE发送第三RRC消息。S519, the PNA sends a third RRC message to the first PUE.
S519可以参考S419的描述,这里不再赘述。For S519, reference may be made to the description of S419, which will not be repeated here.
S520,PNA获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。S520: The PNA acquires first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
PNA向AAA发送第一请求消息,请求AAA提供上述的第一控制信息,图5所示的方法流程还可以包括:The PNA sends a first request message to the AAA, requesting the AAA to provide the above-mentioned first control information. The method flow shown in FIG. 5 may further include:
S521,PNA向AAA发送第一请求消息,或者说,AAA接收来自PNA的第一请求消息。S521, the PNA sends the first request message to the AAA, or in other words, the AAA receives the first request message from the PNA.
该第一请求消息中包括第一类型信息,指示AAA提供与第一类型信息相对应的第一控制信息。The first request message includes first type information, instructing the AAA to provide first control information corresponding to the first type information.
S522,PNA接收来自AAA的第一响应消息,或者说,AAA向PNA发送第一响应消息。S522, the PNA receives the first response message from the AAA, or in other words, the AAA sends the first response message to the PNA.
该第一响应消息中包括第一控制信息。The first response message includes first control information.
可选的,AAA能够向PNA发送包括第一控制信息的第一响应消息的前提是,AAA从PNM获得了该第一控制信息。图5所示的方法流程还可以包括:Optionally, the premise that the AAA can send the first response message including the first control information to the PNA is that the AAA obtains the first control information from the PNM. The method flow shown in FIG. 5 may also include:
S523,AAA接收来自PNM的第一控制信息,或者说,PNM向AAA发送第一控制信息。S523, the AAA receives the first control information from the PNM, or in other words, the PNM sends the first control information to the AAA.
具体地,AAA从PNM获得该第一控制信息包括以下两种可能:Specifically, the AAA obtaining the first control information from the PNM includes the following two possibilities:
可能一、AAA在通过上述的S521获取到第一类型信息,需要基于该第一类型信息获取该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息之前,AAA从PNM处获取到包括至少一个控制信息的至少一个控制信息。 Possibility 1. Before the AAA obtains the first type information through the above-mentioned S521 and needs to obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type information based on the first type information, the AAA obtains at least one control information including at least one control information from the PNM. a control message.
该至少一个控制信息中包括该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。The at least one control information includes first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
在可能一中,图5所示的方法流程还可以包括以下步骤:In possibility one, the method flow shown in FIG. 5 may further include the following steps:
S524,AAA接收来自PNM的至少一个控制信息,或者说,PNM向AAA发送至少一 个控制信息。S524, the AAA receives at least one control information from the PNM, or in other words, the PNM sends at least one control information to the AAA.
可选的,AAA存储该至少一个控制信息。该至少一个控制信息中包括至少一个控制信息。Optionally, the AAA stores the at least one control information. The at least one control information includes at least one control information.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中可以在执行S510之前执行该S524,或者可以在其他时刻执行S524,具体执行时间不做限制,在需要根据S521中接收到的第一类型信息获取该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息之前获取到该至少一个控制信息即可。It should be noted that, in this embodiment of the present application, the S524 may be executed before the S510 is executed, or the S524 may be executed at other times, and the specific execution time is not limited, and the first type of information needs to be obtained according to the first type of information received in S521. The at least one control information may be acquired before the first control information corresponding to the type information.
可选的,AAA接收至少一个控制信息之后,AAA可以根据至少一个控制信息以及上述S521中接收到的第一类型信息,获取该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。Optionally, after the AAA receives at least one piece of control information, the AAA may acquire first control information corresponding to the first type of information according to the at least one piece of control information and the first type of information received in S521.
具体地,获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息包括:Specifically, acquiring the first control information corresponding to the first type of information includes:
S525,AAA从至少一个控制信息中获取第一控制信息。S525, the AAA obtains the first control information from at least one control information.
具体地,AAA根据第一类型信息确定本地存储的至少一个控制信息中包括接收到的第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。即将第一类型信息与存储在本地的至少一个控制信息中包括的控制信息分别对应的控制信息进行比较。Specifically, the AAA determines, according to the first type information, that the at least one locally stored control information includes the first control information corresponding to the received first type information. That is, the first type of information is compared with the control information respectively corresponding to the control information included in the at least one locally stored control information.
可能二、AAA在通过上述的S521获取到第一类型信息之后,从PNM处获取该第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。Possibly 2, after acquiring the first type information through the above S521, the AAA acquires the first control information corresponding to the first type information from the PNM.
在可能二中,图5所示的方法流程还可以包括以下步骤:In the second possibility, the method flow shown in FIG. 5 may further include the following steps:
S526,AAA向PNM发送第四消息,或者说,PNM接收来自AAA的第四消息。S526, the AAA sends the fourth message to the PNM, or in other words, the PNM receives the fourth message from the AAA.
该第四消息用于请求获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息,第四消息中包括该第一类型信息。The fourth message is used to request to obtain first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and the fourth message includes the first type of information.
S527,PNM向AAA发送第一控制信息,或者说,AAA接收来自PNM的第一控制信息。S527, the PNM sends the first control information to the AAA, or in other words, the AAA receives the first control information from the PNM.
PNM根据第四消息中的第一类型信息获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息,并将该第一控制信息发送给AAA。The PNM acquires first control information corresponding to the first type information according to the first type information in the fourth message, and sends the first control information to the AAA.
示例性地,在执行S527之前,AAA确定本地存储的至少一个控制信息中不存在某个控制信息对应的类型信息为第一类型信息。可选的,AAA本地存储的至少一个控制信息是从PNM获取的。Exemplarily, before executing S527, the AAA determines that the type information corresponding to a certain control information does not exist in the at least one locally stored control information as the first type information. Optionally, at least one control information stored locally by the AAA is obtained from the PNM.
通过S520,PNA上获取并存有第一类型对应的第一控制信息,实现了S320。Through S520, the first control information corresponding to the first type is acquired and stored on the PNA, and S320 is implemented.
可选的,PNA能够基于第一控制信息与第一PUE建立用户面连接,图5所示的方法流程还包括:Optionally, the PNA can establish a user plane connection with the first PUE based on the first control information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 5 further includes:
S530,PNA根据第一控制信息与第一PUE建立用户面连接。S530, the PNA establishes a user plane connection with the first PUE according to the first control information.
示例性的,S530可以包括以下步骤:Exemplarily, S530 may include the following steps:
S531,PNA向第一PUE发送AS安全模式命令。S531, the PNA sends an AS security mode command to the first PUE.
S531可以参考S431的描述,这里不再赘述。For S531, reference may be made to the description of S431, which will not be repeated here.
S532,第一PUE向PNA发送AS安全模式完成消息。S532, the first PUE sends an AS security mode completion message to the PNA.
S532可以参考S432的描述,这里不再赘述。S532 can refer to the description of S432, which is not repeated here.
S533,PNA向第一PUE发送RRC配置消息。S533, the PNA sends an RRC configuration message to the first PUE.
S533可以参考S433的描述,这里不再赘述。For S533, reference may be made to the description of S433, which will not be repeated here.
S534,第一PUE向PNA发送RRC配置完成消息。S534, the first PUE sends an RRC configuration complete message to the PNA.
S534可以参考S434的描述,这里不再赘述。For S534, reference may be made to the description of S434, which will not be repeated here.
通过S530,PNA为第一PUE建立了用户面连接,实现了S330。Through S530, the PNA establishes a user plane connection for the first PUE, and S330 is implemented.
PNA获取该第一控制信息之后,能够将第一控制信息储存在本地,当接收到用户类型为第一类型的其他PUE的用户面连接建立请求时,可以基于该第一控制信息为用户设备类型为第一类型的其他PUE建立用户面连接。After the PNA acquires the first control information, it can store the first control information locally. When receiving a user plane connection establishment request from another PUE whose user type is the first type, it can be based on the first control information as the user equipment type. User plane connections are established for other PUEs of the first type.
可选的,PNA接收来自第二PUE的第五消息,该第五消息用于请求建立用户面连接,PNA根据该第一控制信息为第二PUE建立用户面连接,其中,该第二用户设备的用户类型为该第一类型。Optionally, the PNA receives a fifth message from the second PUE, where the fifth message is used to request the establishment of a user plane connection, and the PNA establishes a user plane connection for the second PUE according to the first control information, wherein the second user equipment The user type of is the first type.
图5所示的实施例中,PNA可以基于第一PUE所属的第一类型从AAA获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息,根据该第一控制信息建立用户面连接。由于用户设备类型相同的用户设备具有相同或者相类似的业务需求,这些用户设备建立用户面连接的控制信息可以复用,因此在本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法中,通过在接入功能网元上保存有用于为用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接所需的第一控制信息,因而当用户设备类型为第一类型的多个用户设备通过该接入功能网元接入网络时,接入功能网元可以使用其存有的第一控制信息为每个用户设备分别建立用户面连接,而无需针对每个用户设备分别从核心网获取其建立用户面连接所需的控制信息,从而简化了建立用户面连接的流程,提高了通信系统为用户设备建立用户面连接的效率,实现了通信的优化。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , the PNA may obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type from the AAA based on the first type to which the first PUE belongs, and establish a user plane connection according to the first control information. Since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for establishing user plane connections of these user equipments can be multiplexed. Therefore, in the method for establishing user plane connections provided by the embodiments of the present application, the The access function network element stores the first control information required for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment of the first type. Therefore, when multiple user equipments of the first type pass through the connection When the access function network element accesses the network, the access function network element can use its stored first control information to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment, without the need for each user equipment to obtain its establishment user from the core network. The control information required for the plane connection is simplified, the process of establishing the user plane connection is simplified, the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment is improved, and the optimization of the communication is realized.
图6是本申请实施例提供的又一种用于建立用户面连接的方法的示意性流程图。FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another method for establishing a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体地,图6所示的方法流程中,第一用户设备以第一PUE为例、接入功能网元以PNA为例、用户管理功能网元以AAA为例、网络管理功能网元以PNM为例、上述的第一消息以认证消息为例,上述的S320中PNA获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息为方式三所述的方式,图6所示的用于建立用户面连接的方法至少包括以下部分步骤:Specifically, in the method flow shown in FIG. 6 , the first user equipment takes the first PUE as an example, the access function network element takes PNA as an example, the user management function network element takes AAA as an example, and the network management function network element takes PNM as an example. For example, the above-mentioned first message is taken as an example of an authentication message. In the above-mentioned S320, the PNA obtains the first control information corresponding to the first type of information in the manner described in the third method, and the method shown in FIG. 6 for establishing a user plane connection. The method includes at least some of the following steps:
S611,AAA获取第一类型信息。S611, AAA obtains first type information.
S611可以参考S311的描述,这里不再赘述。S611 can refer to the description of S311, which is not repeated here.
S612,PNA接收来自第一PUE的RRC建立请求消息。S612, the PNA receives the RRC establishment request message from the first PUE.
S612可以参考S412的描述,这里不再赘述。For S612, reference may be made to the description of S412, which will not be repeated here.
S613,PNA触发认证流程。S613, the PNA triggers the authentication process.
S613可以参考S413的描述,这里不再赘述。S613 can refer to the description of S413, which is not repeated here.
S614,PNA向第一PUE发送第一RRC消息。S614, the PNA sends the first RRC message to the first PUE.
S614可以参考S414的描述,这里不再赘述。For S614, reference may be made to the description of S414, which will not be repeated here.
S615,第一PUE向PNA发送第二RRC消息。S615, the first PUE sends a second RRC message to the PNA.
S615可以参考S415的描述,这里不再赘述。S615 can refer to the description of S415, which is not repeated here.
S616,PNA向AAA发送第二消息,或者说AAA接收来自PNA的第二消息。S616, the PNA sends the second message to the AAA, or the AAA receives the second message from the PNA.
S616可以参考S416的描述,这里不再赘述。S616 can refer to the description of S416, which is not repeated here.
S617,第一PUE和AAA之间交互认证消息。S617, an authentication message is exchanged between the first PUE and the AAA.
S617可以参考S417的描述,这里不再赘述。S617 can refer to the description of S417, which is not repeated here.
S610,PNA接收来自AAA的第一消息,或者说AAA向PNA发送第一消息。S610, the PNA receives the first message from the AAA, or the AAA sends the first message to the PNA.
S610可以参考S310的描述,这里不再赘述。For S610, reference may be made to the description of S310, which will not be repeated here.
图6所示的方法流程还可以包括:The method flow shown in FIG. 6 may also include:
S618,PNA存储第一类型信息。S618, the PNA stores the first type of information.
S618可以参考S418的描述,这里不再赘述。S618 can refer to the description of S418, which is not repeated here.
S619,PNA向第一PUE发送第三RRC消息。S619, the PNA sends a third RRC message to the first PUE.
S619可以参考S419的描述,这里不再赘述。For S619, reference may be made to the description of S419, which will not be repeated here.
S620,PNA获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息。S620: The PNA acquires first control information corresponding to the first type of information.
PNA向PNM发送第二请求消息,请求PNM提供上述的第二控制信息,图6所示的方法流程还可以包括:The PNA sends a second request message to the PNM to request the PNM to provide the above-mentioned second control information. The method flow shown in FIG. 6 may further include:
S621,PNA向PNM发送第二请求消息,或者说,PNM接收来自PNA的第二请求消息。S621, the PNA sends the second request message to the PNM, or the PNM receives the second request message from the PNA.
该第二请求消息中包括第一类型信息,指示PNM提供与第一类型信息相对应的第一控制信息。The second request message includes first type information, instructing the PNM to provide first control information corresponding to the first type information.
S622,PNA接收来自PNM的第二响应消息,或者说,PNM向PNA发送第二响应消息。S622, the PNA receives the second response message from the PNM, or in other words, the PNM sends the second response message to the PNA.
该第二响应消息中包括第一控制信息。The second response message includes the first control information.
进一步地,PNA能够基于第一控制信息与第一PUE建立用户面连接,图6所示的方法流程还包括:Further, the PNA can establish a user plane connection with the first PUE based on the first control information, and the method flow shown in FIG. 6 further includes:
S630,PNA根据第一控制信息与第一PUE建立用户面连接。S630, the PNA establishes a user plane connection with the first PUE according to the first control information.
示例性的,S630可以包括以下步骤:Exemplarily, S630 may include the following steps:
S631,PNA向第一PUE发送AS安全模式命令。S631, the PNA sends an AS security mode command to the first PUE.
S631可以参考S431的描述,这里不再赘述。S631 can refer to the description of S431, which is not repeated here.
S632,第一PUE向PNA发送AS安全模式完成消息。S632, the first PUE sends an AS security mode completion message to the PNA.
S632可以参考S432的描述,这里不再赘述。S632 can refer to the description of S432, which is not repeated here.
S633,PNA向第一PUE发送RRC配置消息。S633, the PNA sends an RRC configuration message to the first PUE.
S633可以参考S433的描述,这里不再赘述。S633 can refer to the description of S433, which is not repeated here.
S634,第一PUE向PNA发送RRC配置完成消息。S634, the first PUE sends an RRC configuration complete message to the PNA.
S634可以参考S434的描述,这里不再赘述。S634 can refer to the description of S434, which is not repeated here.
图6所示的实施例中,PNA可以基于第一PUE所属的第一类型从PNM获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息,根据该第一控制信息建立用户面连接。由于用户设备类型相同的用户设备具有相同或者相类似的业务需求,这些用户设备建立用户面连接的控制信息可以复用,因此在本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法中,通过在接入功能网元上保存有用于为用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接所需的第一控制信息,因而当用户设备类型为第一类型的多个用户设备通过该接入功能网元接入网络时,接入功能网元可以使用其存有的第一控制信息为每个用户设备分别建立用户面连接,而无需针对每个用户设备分别从核心网获取其建立用户面连接所需的控制信息,从而简化了建立用户面连接的流程,提高了通信系统为用户设备建立用户面连接的效率,实现了通信的优化。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , the PNA may obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type from the PNM based on the first type to which the first PUE belongs, and establish a user plane connection according to the first control information. Since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for establishing user plane connections of these user equipments can be multiplexed. Therefore, in the method for establishing user plane connections provided by the embodiments of the present application, the The access function network element stores the first control information required for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment of the first type. Therefore, when multiple user equipments of the first type pass through the connection When the access function network element accesses the network, the access function network element can use its stored first control information to establish a user plane connection for each user equipment, without the need for each user equipment to obtain its establishment user from the core network. The control information required for the plane connection is simplified, the process of establishing the user plane connection is simplified, the efficiency of the communication system establishing the user plane connection for the user equipment is improved, and the optimization of the communication is realized.
在图3至图6所述的实施例的基础上,本申请实施例还提供一种更新用户设备和接入功能网元之间的用户面连接的方法。On the basis of the embodiments described in FIG. 3 to FIG. 6 , an embodiment of the present application further provides a method for updating a user plane connection between a user equipment and an access function network element.
下面结合图7详细介绍用户面连接的更新流程,图7是本申请实施例提供的一种用于更新用户面连接的方法的示意性流程图。The following describes the update process of the user plane connection in detail with reference to FIG. 7 . FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a method for updating a user plane connection provided by an embodiment of the present application.
更新流程包括以下几种可能:The update process includes the following possibilities:
可能一、用户管理功能网元确定第一用户设备的用户设备类型发生变更。第一用户设备从第一类型变更为第二类型,该第二类型不同于第一类型。 Possibility 1. The user management function network element determines that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is changed. The first user equipment is changed from a first type to a second type, the second type being different from the first type.
例如,第一用户设备的业务需求发生改变,在业务需求变更之前,根据业务需求将第一用户设备划分至第一类型;在业务需求变更之后,根据业务需求将第一用户设备划分至第二类型。For example, if the service requirements of the first user equipment change, before the service requirements are changed, the first user equipment is classified into the first type according to the service requirements; after the service requirements are changed, the first user equipment is classified into the second type according to the service requirements type.
在可能一中,图7所示的方法流程包括:In possibility one, the method flow shown in FIG. 7 includes:
S710,用户管理功能网元确定第一用户设备的用户类型为第二类型。S710, the user management function network element determines that the user type of the first user equipment is the second type.
第二类型与上述的第一类型相异。The second type is different from the first type described above.
S720,用户管理功能网元确定接入功能网元。S720, the user management function network element determines the access function network element.
用户管理功能网元确定服务第一用户设备的接入功能网元。S720可选。The user management function network element determines the access function network element serving the first user equipment. S720 optional.
S730,用户管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送第二类型信息。S730, the user management function network element sends the second type of information to the access function network element.
第二类型信息用于指示第一用户设备的用户类型为第二类型。The second type information is used to indicate that the user type of the first user equipment is the second type.
在用户管理功能网元确定服务第一用户设备的接入功能网元之后,用户管理功能网元向服务第一用户设备的接入功能网元发送第二类型信息。After the user management function network element determines the access function network element serving the first user equipment, the user management function network element sends the second type of information to the access function network element serving the first user equipment.
S740,接入功能网元根据第二类型信息获取第二控制信息。S740, the access function network element acquires second control information according to the second type of information.
接入功能网元根据接收到的更新后的第二类型信息获取第二控制信息,具体获取方式可以参考上述图3中所示的S320中所述的获取第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息的流程,这里不再赘述。The access function network element acquires the second control information according to the received updated information of the second type, and the specific acquisition method may refer to obtaining the first control information corresponding to the information of the first type described in S320 shown in FIG. 3 above. process, which will not be repeated here.
S750,接入功能网元根据第二控制信息更新用户面连接。S750, the access function network element updates the user plane connection according to the second control information.
接入功能网元更新与第一用户设备之间的用户面连接可以包括根据第二控制信息更新与第一用户设备之间的用户面连接的上下文、删除与第一用户设备之间的用户面连接,或者重新建立与第一用户设备之间的用户面连接。The access function network element updating the user plane connection with the first user equipment may include updating the context of the user plane connection with the first user equipment according to the second control information, deleting the user plane connection with the first user equipment connection, or re-establish the user plane connection with the first user equipment.
例如,更新与第一用户设备之间的用户面连接的安全保护方法和/或服务质量控制策略等。或者,根据第二控制信息中的服务质量控制策略新建与第一用户设备之间的用户面连接;或者,根据第二控制信息中的服务质量控制策略删除与第一用户设备之间的用户面连接。For example, updating the security protection method and/or the quality of service control policy of the user plane connection with the first user equipment. Or, create a user plane connection with the first user equipment according to the service quality control policy in the second control information; or delete the user plane connection with the first user equipment according to the service quality control policy in the second control information connect.
作为一种可能的实现方式,虽然第一用户设备的用户类型发生变化,但是控制信息并未发生变化时,可以无需更新用户面连接。例如,第一类型和第二类型均对应于第一控制信息。As a possible implementation manner, although the user type of the first user equipment changes, when the control information does not change, it is not necessary to update the user plane connection. For example, both the first type and the second type correspond to the first control information.
可能二、网络管理功能网元确定第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息发生变更。第一控制信息更新为第三控制信息,第三控制信息与第一控制信息相异。Possibly two, the network management function network element determines that the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is changed. The first control information is updated to third control information, and the third control information is different from the first control information.
例如,上述第一控制信息中包括的服务质量信息发生变更(如,丢包优先级变为高优先级)。For example, the quality of service information included in the above-mentioned first control information is changed (eg, the packet loss priority becomes a high priority).
在可能二下,图7所示的方法流程包括:Under the second possibility, the method flow shown in FIG. 7 includes:
S711,网络管理功能网元获取第三控制信息。S711, the network management function network element acquires third control information.
S721,网络管理功能网元确定接入功能网元。S721, the network management function network element determines the access function network element.
具体地,当网络管理功能网元获取第一控制信息发生变更时,需要进一步地确定受影响的接入功能网元。Specifically, when the first control information acquired by the network management function network element is changed, the affected access function network element needs to be further determined.
例如,第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息发生变更,该第一控制信息对应的第一类型 包括N个用户设备(第一用户设备、第二用户设备……第N用户设备),且该N个用户设备分别通过N个接入功能网元接入网络,则第一控制信息发生变更时,网络管理功能网元需要确定出该N个接入功能网元。For example, the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is changed, the first type corresponding to the first control information includes N user equipments (the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment), and the N user equipments access the network through N access function network elements respectively, and when the first control information is changed, the network management function network element needs to determine the N access function network elements.
还例如,第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息发生变更,该第一控制信息对应的第一类型包括N个用户设备(第一用户设备、第二用户设备……第N用户设备),且该N个用户设备均通过某个接入功能网元接入网络,则第一控制信息发生变更时,网络管理功能网元需要确定出该接入功能网元即可。Also for example, the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is changed, and the first type corresponding to the first control information includes N user equipments (the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment), and The N user equipments all access the network through a certain access function network element, and when the first control information is changed, the network management function network element only needs to determine the access function network element.
应理解,本申请实施例中对于控制信息发生变更时受影响的接入功能网元的个数不做任何限制,考虑到控制信息发生变更时受影响的用户面连接涉及到的接入功能网元即可。It should be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, there is no restriction on the number of access function network elements affected when the control information is changed. Considering the access function network involved in the affected user plane connection when the control information is changed Yuan can be used.
S721可选。S721 optional.
S731,网络管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送第三控制信息。S731, the network management function network element sends third control information to the access function network element.
示例性的,当S721中确定出至少一个接入功能网元时,网络管理功能网元向该至少一个接入功能网元分别发送第三控制信息。Exemplarily, when at least one access function network element is determined in S721, the network management function network element sends the third control information to the at least one access function network element respectively.
S741,接入功能网元确定受影响的用户设备。S741, the access function network element determines the affected user equipment.
具体地,接入功能网元接收到第三控制信息之后,确定哪些用户设备的用户面连接需要更新。Specifically, after receiving the third control information, the access function network element determines which user equipments have user plane connections that need to be updated.
例如,第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息发生变更,该第一类型信息对应的第一类型包括N个用户设备(第一用户设备、第二用户设备……第N用户设备),且该N个用户设备均通过某个接入功能网元接入网络,则第一控制信息发生变更时,接入功能网元接收到第三控制信息之后,确定该N个用户设备的用户面连接需要更新。For example, the first control information corresponding to the first type information is changed, the first type corresponding to the first type information includes N user equipments (the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment), and the N user equipments all access the network through a certain access function network element, and when the first control information is changed, after the access function network element receives the third control information, it determines the user plane connection requirements of the N user equipments renew.
S741可选。S741 optional.
S751,接入功能网元根据第三控制信息更新用户面连接。S751, the access function network element updates the user plane connection according to the third control information.
示例性的,接入功能网元基于第三控制信息更新与受影响的用户设备之间的用户面连接。接入功能网元更新与用户设备之间的用户面连接可以参考S750的描述。Exemplarily, the access function network element updates the user plane connection with the affected user equipment based on the third control information. For the user plane connection between the access function network element update and the user equipment, reference may be made to the description of S750.
可能三、网络管理功能网元确定第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息发生变更。第一控制信息更新为第三控制信息,第三控制信息与第一控制信息相异。Possibly three, the network management function network element determines that the first control information corresponding to the first type of information is changed. The first control information is updated to third control information, and the third control information is different from the first control information.
在可能三下,图7所示的方法流程包括:Under the possibility of three, the method flow shown in FIG. 7 includes:
S712,网络管理功能网元获取第三控制信息。S712, the network management function network element acquires third control information.
S722,网络管理功能网元确定用户管理功能网元。S722, the network management function network element determines the user management function network element.
具体地,当网络管理功能网元获取第一控制信息发生变更时,需要进一步地确定受影响的用户管理功能网元。Specifically, when the first control information acquired by the network management function network element is changed, the affected user management function network element needs to be further determined.
例如,网络管理功能网元获取第一控制信息分别发送给N个用户管理功能网元,当第一控制信息发生变更时,需要通知到该N个用户管理功能网元。For example, the network management function network element obtains the first control information and sends it to N user management function network elements respectively. When the first control information changes, the N user management function network elements need to be notified.
S722可选。S722 optional.
S732,网络管理功能网元向用户管理功能网元发送第三控制信息。S732, the network management function network element sends third control information to the user management function network element.
示例性的,当S722中确定出至少一个用户管理功能网元时,网络管理功能网元向该至少一个用户管理功能网元分别发送第三控制信息。Exemplarily, when at least one user management function network element is determined in S722, the network management function network element sends the third control information to the at least one user management function network element respectively.
S742,用户管理功能网元确定受影响的接入功能网元。S742, the user management function network element determines the affected access function network element.
例如,用户管理功能网元获取第一控制信息分别发送给N个接入功能网元,当第一控 制信息发生变更时,需要通知到该N个接入功能网元。For example, the user management function network element obtains the first control information and sends it to N access function network elements respectively. When the first control information changes, the N access function network elements need to be notified.
S742可选。S742 optional.
S752,用户管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送第三控制信息。S752, the user management function network element sends third control information to the access function network element.
示例性的,当S742中确定出至少一个接入功能网元时,用户管理功能网元向该至少一个接入功能网元分别发送第三控制信息。Exemplarily, when at least one access function network element is determined in S742, the user management function network element sends the third control information to the at least one access function network element respectively.
S762,接入功能网元确定受影响的用户设备。S762, the access function network element determines the affected user equipment.
具体地,接入功能网元接收到第三控制信息之后,确定哪些用户设备的用户面连接需要更新。Specifically, after receiving the third control information, the access function network element determines which user equipments have user plane connections that need to be updated.
例如,第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息发生变更,该第一类型信息对应的第一类型包括N个用户设备(第一用户设备、第二用户设备……第N用户设备),且该N个用户设备均通过某个接入功能网元接入网络,则第一控制信息发生变更时,接入功能网元接收到第三控制信息之后,确定该N个用户设备的用户面连接需要更新。For example, the first control information corresponding to the first type information is changed, the first type corresponding to the first type information includes N user equipments (the first user equipment, the second user equipment...the Nth user equipment), and the N user equipments all access the network through a certain access function network element, and when the first control information is changed, after the access function network element receives the third control information, it determines the user plane connection requirements of the N user equipments renew.
S762可选。S762 optional.
S772,接入功能网元根据第三控制信息更新用户面连接。S772, the access function network element updates the user plane connection according to the third control information.
示例性的,接入功能网元基于第三控制信息更新与受影响的用户设备之间的用户面连接。接入功能网元更新与用户设备之间的用户面连接可以参考S750的描述。Exemplarily, the access function network element updates the user plane connection with the affected user equipment based on the third control information. For the user plane connection between the access function network element update and the user equipment, reference may be made to the description of S750.
图7所示的实施例中,当第一用户设备的所属的用户类型,或者上述的第一控制信息发生变更时,接入功能网元可以根据对应的信息,向第一用户设备发起连接更新流程,以保证第一用户设备使用正确的控制信息建立或更新用户面连接,由于用户设备类型相同的用户设备具有相同或者相类似的业务需求,这些用户设备建立用户面连接的控制信息可以复用,因此在本申请实施例提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法中,通过在接入功能网元上保存有用于为用户设备类型为第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接所需的第一控制信息,因而当用户设备类型为第一类型的多个用户设备通过该接入功能网元接入网络时,接入功能网元可以使用其存有的第一控制信息为每个用户设备分别建立用户面连接,而无需针对每个用户设备分别从核心网获取其建立用户面连接所需的控制信息,从而简化了建立用户面连接的流程,提高了通信系统为用户设备建立用户面连接的效率,实现了通信的优化。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 , when the user type to which the first user equipment belongs or the above-mentioned first control information is changed, the access function network element may initiate a connection update to the first user equipment according to the corresponding information process to ensure that the first user equipment uses correct control information to establish or update a user plane connection. Since user equipments of the same type of user equipment have the same or similar service requirements, the control information for these user equipment to establish user plane connections can be reused Therefore, in the method for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiment of the present application, the first required for establishing a user plane connection for the user equipment of the first type is stored on the access function network element. control information, so when multiple user equipments whose user equipment type is the first type access the network through the access function network element, the access function network element can use the first control information stored in the access function network element for each user equipment To establish a user plane connection, it is not necessary to obtain the control information required for establishing a user plane connection from the core network for each user equipment, thereby simplifying the process of establishing a user plane connection and improving the communication system for user equipment. Efficiency, to achieve the optimization of communication.
上述方法实施例中,上述各过程的序列号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。并且有可能并非要执行上述方法实施例中的全部操作。In the above method embodiments, the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not constitute any limitation to the implementation process of the embodiments of the present application. . And it may not be necessary to perform all the operations in the above method embodiments.
另外,上述网元之间的交互信息还可以通过第三方网元(或设备)进行中转,而上述网元与第三方网元之间的消息名称可能发生变化,本申请中对于如何实现消息的发送不做限定可以直接发送可以转发,消息名称也不做限定。In addition, the exchange information between the above-mentioned network elements can also be relayed through a third-party network element (or equipment), and the name of the message between the above-mentioned network element and the third-party network element may change. Sending is not limited, it can be sent directly or forwarded, and the message name is not limited.
应理解,上述方法实施例中用户设备和/或网络设备可以执行施例中的部分或全部步骤,这些步骤或操作仅是示例,本申请实施例还可以包括执行其它操作或者各种操作的变形。It should be understood that the user equipment and/or network equipment in the above method embodiments may perform some or all of the steps in the embodiments, these steps or operations are only examples, and the embodiments of the present application may also include performing other operations or variations of various operations .
可以理解的是,上述方法实施例中,由接入功能网元实现的方法,也可以由接入功能网元的部件(例如芯片或者电路等)实现,由用户管理功能网元实现的方法,也可以由用户管理功能网元的部件实现。It can be understood that, in the above method embodiments, the method implemented by the access function network element may also be implemented by a component (such as a chip or circuit, etc.) of the access function network element, and the method implemented by the user management function network element, It can also be implemented by components of the user management function network element.
还应理解,在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施 例之间的术语和/或描述可以具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。It should also be understood that, in the various embodiments of the present application, if there is no special description or logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments may be consistent and may refer to each other, and the technologies in different embodiments may be consistent with each other. Features may be combined to form new embodiments according to their inherent logical relationships.
上面结合图3至图7详细介绍了本申请实施例中的用于建立用户面连接的方法,下面结合图8至图13详细介绍本申请实施例提供用于建立用户面连接的装置。The method for establishing a user plane connection in the embodiments of the present application is described in detail above with reference to FIGS. 3 to 7 , and the apparatus for establishing a user plane connection provided by the embodiments of the present application is described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 8 to 13 .
参见图8,图8是本申请提供的用于建立用户面连接的装置800的示意图。如图8所示,装置800包括处理单元810和获取单元820。Referring to FIG. 8 , FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 800 for establishing a user plane connection provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 8 , the apparatus 800 includes a processing unit 810 and an obtaining unit 820 .
获取单元820,用于获取第一类型信息,所述第一类型信息用于指示第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第一类型,所述第一用户设备为通过所述接入功能网元接入网络的用户设备。The obtaining unit 820 is configured to obtain first type information, where the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type, and the first user equipment is connected through the access function network element. user equipment connected to the network.
获取单元820,还用于获取所述第一类型信息对应的第一控制信息,所述装置存有所述第一控制信息。The obtaining unit 820 is further configured to obtain first control information corresponding to the first type of information, and the device stores the first control information.
处理单元810,还用于根据该第一控制信息为该第一用户设备建立用户面连接。The processing unit 810 is further configured to establish a user plane connection for the first user equipment according to the first control information.
其中,装置800中的处理单元810用于执行方法实施例中接入功能网元对应于处理相关的步骤。装置800中的接收单元820执行方法实施例中接入功能网元的接收步骤。Wherein, the processing unit 810 in the apparatus 800 is configured to execute the steps related to the processing corresponding to the access function network element in the method embodiment. The receiving unit 820 in the apparatus 800 performs the receiving step of the access function network element in the method embodiment.
进一步地,装置800还可以包括发送单元830,用于执行接入功能网元的发送步骤。Further, the apparatus 800 may further include a sending unit 830, configured to perform the sending step of the access function network element.
示例性地,发送单元,用于向该用户管理功能网元发送第二消息,该第二消息中包括该第一用户设备对应的认证信息,该认证信息用于指示发起认证流程。Exemplarily, the sending unit is configured to send a second message to the user management function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, where the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
装置800和方法实施例中的接入功能网元对应。装置800可以是方法实施例中的接入功能网元,或者方法实施例中的接入功能网元内部的芯片或功能模块。装置800的相应单元用于执行图3至图7所示的方法实施例中由接入功能网元执行的相应步骤。The apparatus 800 corresponds to the access function network element in the method embodiment. The apparatus 800 may be an access function network element in the method embodiment, or a chip or a function module inside the access function network element in the method embodiment. The corresponding units of the apparatus 800 are configured to perform the corresponding steps performed by the access function network element in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 .
获取单元820和发送单元830可以组成收发单元,同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中,处理单元810可以是至少一个处理器。发送单元可以是发射器或者接口电路,获取单元820可以是接收器或者接口电路。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器或者接口电路。The acquiring unit 820 and the transmitting unit 830 can form a transceiving unit, and have the functions of receiving and transmitting at the same time. The processing unit 810 may be at least one processor. The sending unit may be a transmitter or an interface circuit, and the acquiring unit 820 may be a receiver or an interface circuit. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated together to form a transceiver or interface circuit.
可选的,装置800还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元用于存储数据和/或信令,处理单元810、发送单元830和接收单元820可以与存储单元交互或者耦合,例如读取或者调用存储单元中的数据和/或信令,以使得上述实施例的方法被执行。Optionally, the apparatus 800 may further include a storage unit, the storage unit is used to store data and/or signaling, the processing unit 810, the sending unit 830 and the receiving unit 820 may interact or couple with the storage unit, such as reading or calling the storage unit The data and/or signaling in the unit, so that the methods of the above-mentioned embodiments are performed.
以上各个单元可以独立存在,也可以全部或者部分集成。The above units may exist independently, or may be integrated in whole or in part.
参见图9,图9是适用于本申请实施例的接入功能网元900的结构示意图,可以用于实现上述接入功能网元的功能。Referring to FIG. 9 , FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of an access function network element 900 suitable for this embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the above access function network element.
该接入功能网元900包括处理器901,存储器902与收发器903,其中,存储器902中存储指令或程序,处理器902和收发器903用于执行或调用存储器902中存储的指令或程序,以使得该接入功能网元900实现上述用于建立用户面连接的方法中的接入功能网元的功能。存储器902中存储的指令或程序被执行时,收发器903用于执行图8所示的实施例中的发送单元830和接收单元820执行的操作,处理器902用于执行图8所示的实施例中的处理单元810执行的操作。The access function network element 900 includes a processor 901, a memory 902 and a transceiver 903, wherein the memory 902 stores instructions or programs, and the processor 902 and the transceiver 903 are used to execute or call the instructions or programs stored in the memory 902, So that the access function network element 900 implements the function of the access function network element in the above method for establishing a user plane connection. When the instructions or programs stored in the memory 902 are executed, the transceiver 903 is used to perform the operations performed by the sending unit 830 and the receiving unit 820 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , and the processor 902 is used to perform the implementation shown in FIG. 8 . The operations performed by the processing unit 810 in the example.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图9仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的用户设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for the convenience of description, FIG. 9 only shows one memory and a processor. In an actual user equipment, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
参见图10,图10是本申请提供的用于建立用户面连接的装置1000的示意图。如图10所示,装置1000包括获取单元1010和发送单元1030。Referring to FIG. 10 , FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus 1000 for establishing a user plane connection provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 10 , the apparatus 1000 includes an obtaining unit 1010 and a sending unit 1030 .
获取单元1010,用于获取第一用户设备的信息,该第一用户设备的信息至少包括第一类型信息,该第一类型信息用于指示该第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第一类型;an obtaining unit 1010, configured to obtain information of the first user equipment, where the information of the first user equipment includes at least first type information, and the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type;
发送单元1030,用于向接入功能网元发送该第一类型信息,该第一类型信息用于获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息,其中,该第一控制信息存于接入功能网元上,该第一控制信息用于为该第一用户设备建立用户面连接。The sending unit 1030 is configured to send the first type information to the access function network element, where the first type information is used to obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type, wherein the first control information is stored in the access function network On the element, the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for the first user equipment.
其中,装置1000中的获取单元1010用于执行方法实施例中用户管理功能网元对应于获取相关的步骤。装置1000中的发送单元1030执行方法实施例中用户管理功能网元的发送步骤。Wherein, the obtaining unit 1010 in the apparatus 1000 is configured to execute the steps corresponding to obtaining the user management function network element in the method embodiment. The sending unit 1030 in the apparatus 1000 executes the sending step of the user management function network element in the method embodiment.
进一步地,装置1000还可以包括接收单元1020,执行方法实施例中用户管理功能网元的接收步骤。Further, the apparatus 1000 may further include a receiving unit 1020, which performs the receiving step of the user management function network element in the method embodiment.
示例性地,接收单元1020用于接收来自该接入功能网元的第二消息,该第二消息中包括该第一用户设备对应的认证信息,该认证信息用于指示发起认证流程。Exemplarily, the receiving unit 1020 is configured to receive a second message from the access function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, where the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
进一步地,装置1000还可以包括处理单元1040,执行方法实施例中用户管理功能网元的处理步骤。Further, the apparatus 1000 may further include a processing unit 1040, which executes the processing steps of the user management function network element in the method embodiment.
示例性地,处理单元1040用于获取该第一类型信息对应的该第一控制信息;该发送单元1030向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息。Exemplarily, the processing unit 1040 is configured to acquire the first control information corresponding to the first type of information; the sending unit 1030 sends the first control information to the access function network element.
装置1000和方法实施例中的用户管理功能网元对应。装置1000可以是方法实施例中的用户管理功能网元,或者方法实施例中的用户管理功能网元内部的芯片或功能模块。装置1000的相应单元用于执行图3至图7所示的方法实施例中由用户管理功能网元执行的相应步骤。The apparatus 1000 corresponds to the user management function network element in the method embodiment. The apparatus 1000 may be a user management function network element in the method embodiment, or a chip or a function module inside the user management function network element in the method embodiment. Corresponding units of the apparatus 1000 are configured to perform the corresponding steps performed by the user management function network element in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 .
接收单元1020和发送单元1030可以组成收发单元,同时具有接收和发送的功能。其中,处理单元1040可以是至少一个处理器。发送单元1030可以是发射器或者接口电路,接收单元1020可以是接收器或者接口电路。接收器和发射器可以集成在一起组成收发器或者接口电路。The receiving unit 1020 and the sending unit 1030 can form a transceiver unit, and have the functions of receiving and sending at the same time. The processing unit 1040 may be at least one processor. The sending unit 1030 may be a transmitter or an interface circuit, and the receiving unit 1020 may be a receiver or an interface circuit. The receiver and transmitter can be integrated together to form a transceiver or interface circuit.
可选的,装置1000还可以包括存储单元,该存储单元用于存储数据和/或信令,处理单元1010、发送单元和接收单元1020可以与存储单元交互或者耦合,例如读取或者调用存储单元中的数据和/或信令,以使得上述实施例的方法被执行。Optionally, the apparatus 1000 may further include a storage unit, the storage unit is used to store data and/or signaling, the processing unit 1010, the sending unit and the receiving unit 1020 may interact or couple with the storage unit, for example, read or call the storage unit The data and/or signaling in the above-mentioned embodiments are executed.
以上各个单元可以独立存在,也可以全部或者部分集成。The above units may exist independently, or may be integrated in whole or in part.
参见图11,图11是适用于本申请实施例的用户管理功能网元1100的结构示意图,可以用于实现上述用户管理功能网元的功能。Referring to FIG. 11, FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a user management function network element 1100 applicable to this embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the above user management function network element.
该用户管理功能网元1100包括处理器1101,存储器1102与收发器1103,其中,存储器1102中存储指令或程序,处理器1102和收发器1103用于执行或调用存储器1102中存储的指令或程序,以使得用户管理功能网元1100实现上述用于建立用户面连接的方法中的用户管理功能网元的功能。存储器1102中存储的指令或程序被执行时,收发器1103用于执行图10所示的实施例中的发送单元1030和接收单元1020执行的操作,处理器1102用于执行图10所示的实施例中的处理单元1040执行的操作。The user management function network element 1100 includes a processor 1101, a memory 1102 and a transceiver 1103, wherein the memory 1102 stores instructions or programs, and the processor 1102 and the transceiver 1103 are used to execute or call the instructions or programs stored in the memory 1102, In order to make the user management function network element 1100 realize the function of the user management function network element in the above-mentioned method for establishing a user plane connection. When the instructions or programs stored in the memory 1102 are executed, the transceiver 1103 is used to perform the operations performed by the sending unit 1030 and the receiving unit 1020 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 , and the processor 1102 is used to perform the implementation shown in FIG. 10 . The operations performed by the processing unit 1040 in the example.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图11仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在 实际的用户设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for the convenience of description, FIG. 11 only shows one memory and a processor. In an actual user equipment, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
参见图12,图12是本申请提供的另一种用于建立用户面连接的装置1200的示意图。如图12所示,装置1200包括获取单元1210和发送单元1220。Referring to FIG. 12, FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another apparatus 1200 for establishing a user plane connection provided by the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the apparatus 1200 includes an obtaining unit 1210 and a sending unit 1220 .
获取单元1210,用于第一类型对应的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于为用户设备类型为所述第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接;;an obtaining unit 1210, used for first control information corresponding to the first type, where the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type;
发送单元1220,用于向该接入功能网元发送所述第一类型对应的第一控制信息。The sending unit 1220 is configured to send the first control information corresponding to the first type to the access function network element.
装置1200和方法实施例中的网络管理功能网元对应,装置1200可以是方法实施例中的网络管理功能网元,或者方法实施例中的网络管理功能网元内部的芯片或功能模块。装置1200的相应单元用于执行图3至图7所示的方法实施例中由网络管理功能网元执行的相应步骤。The apparatus 1200 corresponds to the network management function network element in the method embodiment, and the apparatus 1200 may be the network management function network element in the method embodiment, or a chip or functional module inside the network management function network element in the method embodiment. Corresponding units of the apparatus 1200 are configured to perform the corresponding steps performed by the network management function network element in the method embodiments shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 .
其中,装置1200中的获取单元1210用于执行方法实施例中网络管理功能网元对应于获取相关的步骤。装置1200中的发送单元1220执行方法实施例中网络管理功能网元的发送步骤。Wherein, the obtaining unit 1210 in the apparatus 1200 is configured to execute the steps corresponding to obtaining the network element of the network management function in the method embodiment. The sending unit 1220 in the apparatus 1200 executes the sending step of the network management function network element in the method embodiment.
进一步地,装置1200还可以包括处理单元1230执行方法实施例中网络管理功能网元的处理步骤。Further, the apparatus 1200 may further include the processing unit 1230 executing the processing steps of the network management function network element in the method embodiment.
示例性地,处理单元1230,用于基于该第一类型信息从该至少一个控制信息中获取该第一控制信息;Exemplarily, the processing unit 1230 is configured to obtain the first control information from the at least one control information based on the first type information;
该发送单元1220向该接入功能网元发送该第一控制信息。The sending unit 1220 sends the first control information to the access function network element.
可选的,装置1200还可以包括存储单元,用于存储数据和/或信令,处理单元1230、获取单元1210和发送单元1220可以与存储单元交互或者耦合,例如读取或者调用存储单元中的数据和/或信令,以使得上述实施例的方法被执行。Optionally, the apparatus 1200 may further include a storage unit for storing data and/or signaling. The processing unit 1230, the obtaining unit 1210, and the sending unit 1220 may interact or couple with the storage unit, for example, read or call the data in the storage unit. data and/or signaling so that the methods of the above-described embodiments are performed.
以上各个单元可以独立存在,也可以全部或者部分集成。The above units may exist independently, or may be integrated in whole or in part.
参见图13,图13是适用于本申请实施例的网络管理功能网元1300的结构示意图,可以用于实现网络管理功能网元的功能。Referring to FIG. 13 , FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a network management function network element 1300 suitable for this embodiment of the present application, which can be used to implement the functions of the network management function network element.
该网络管理功能网元1300包括处理器1301,存储器1302与收发器1303,其中,存储器1302中存储指令或程序,处理器1302和收发器1303用于执行或调用存储器1302中存储的指令或程序,以使得网络管理功能网元1300实现网络管理功能网元的功能。存储器1302中存储的指令或程序被执行时,收发器1303用于执行图12所示的实施例中的发送单元1220执行的操作,处理器1302用于执行图12所示的实施例中的处理单元1230执行的操作。The network management function network element 1300 includes a processor 1301, a memory 1302 and a transceiver 1303, wherein the memory 1302 stores instructions or programs, and the processor 1302 and the transceiver 1303 are used to execute or call the instructions or programs stored in the memory 1302, In order to make the network management function network element 1300 realize the function of the network management function network element. When the instructions or programs stored in the memory 1302 are executed, the transceiver 1303 is used to perform the operations performed by the sending unit 1220 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 , and the processor 1302 is used to perform the processing in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 . Operations performed by unit 1230.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,其包括前述的接入功能网元、用户管理功能网元和网络管理功能网元。The embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes the aforementioned access function network element, user management function network element, and network management function network element.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述如图3至图7所示的方法中接入功能网元执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on the computer, the computer is made to execute the above-mentioned methods as shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 to access the Each step performed by a functional network element.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述如图3至图7所示的方法中用户管理功能网元执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on the computer, the computer is made to execute the user management in the above-mentioned methods as shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 . Each step performed by a functional network element.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当该指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述如图3至图7所示的方法中网络管理功能网元执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed on the computer, the computer is made to execute the network management in the above-mentioned methods as shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 . Each step performed by a functional network element.
本申请还提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如图3至图7所示的方法中接入功能网元执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer program product causes the computer to perform each step performed by the access function network element in the methods shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 .
本申请还提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如图3至图7所示的方法中用户管理功能网元执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer program product causes the computer to execute each step performed by the user management function network element in the methods shown in FIG. 3 to FIG. 7 .
本申请还提供了一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如图3至图7所示的方法中网络管理功能网元执行的各个步骤。The present application also provides a computer program product comprising instructions, when the computer program product is run on a computer, the computer program product causes the computer to perform various steps performed by the network management function network element in the methods shown in FIGS. 3 to 7 .
本申请还提供一种芯片,包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行本申请提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法中由接入功能网元执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地,该芯片还包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接,处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地,该芯片还包括通信接口,处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收处理的数据和/或信息,处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息,并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。The present application also provides a chip including a processor. The processor is configured to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the access function network element in the method for establishing a user plane connection provided in this application. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used for reading and executing the computer program in the memory. Further optionally, the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor acquires the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip, and the like. The processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
本申请还提供一种芯片,包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行本申请提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法中由用户管理功能网元执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地,该芯片还包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接,处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地,该芯片还包括通信接口,处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收处理的数据和/或信息,处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息,并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。The present application also provides a chip including a processor. The processor is configured to read and run the computer program stored in the memory to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the user management function network element in the method for establishing a user plane connection provided in this application. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used for reading and executing the computer program in the memory. Further optionally, the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor acquires the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip, and the like. The processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
本申请还提供一种芯片,包括处理器。该处理器用于读取并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以执行本申请提供的用于建立用户面连接的方法中由网络管理功能网元执行的相应操作和/或流程。可选地,该芯片还包括存储器,该存储器与该处理器通过电路或电线与存储器连接,处理器用于读取并执行该存储器中的计算机程序。进一步可选地,该芯片还包括通信接口,处理器与该通信接口连接。通信接口用于接收处理的数据和/或信息,处理器从该通信接口获取该数据和/或信息,并对该数据和/或信息进行处理。该通信接口可以是该芯片上的输入/输出接口、接口电路、输出电路、输入电路、管脚或相关电路等。该处理器也可以体现为处理电路或逻辑电路。The present application also provides a chip including a processor. The processor is configured to read and run the computer program stored in the memory, so as to execute the corresponding operations and/or processes performed by the network element of the network management function in the method for establishing a user plane connection provided in this application. Optionally, the chip further includes a memory, the memory and the processor are connected to the memory through a circuit or a wire, and the processor is used for reading and executing the computer program in the memory. Further optionally, the chip further includes a communication interface, and the processor is connected to the communication interface. The communication interface is used to receive processed data and/or information, and the processor acquires the data and/or information from the communication interface and processes the data and/or information. The communication interface may be an input/output interface, an interface circuit, an output circuit, an input circuit, a pin or a related circuit on the chip, and the like. The processor may also be embodied as processing circuitry or logic circuitry.
上述的芯片也可以替换为芯片系统,这里不再赘述。The above-mentioned chip can also be replaced by a chip system, which will not be repeated here.
本申请中的术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包括,例如,包括了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。The terms "comprising" and "having" and any variations thereof in this application are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, for example, a process, method, system, product or device comprising a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to the explicit lists Those steps or units listed may instead include other steps or units not expressly listed or inherent to these processes, methods, products or devices.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及 算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art can realize that the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and brevity of description, the specific working process of the above-described systems, devices and units may refer to the corresponding processes in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual conditions to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions, if implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence, or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
另外,本申请中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;本申请中术语“至少一个”,可以表示“一个”和“两个或两个以上”,例如,A、B和C中至少一个,可以表示:单独存在A,单独存在B,单独存在C、同时存在A和B,同时存在A和C,同时存在C和B,同时存在A和B和C,这七种情况。In addition, the term "and/or" in this application is only an association relationship to describe associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean that A exists alone, and A and B exist at the same time. , there are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this document generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship; the term "at least one" in this application can mean "one" and "two or more", for example, A At least one of , B, and C can mean: A alone exists, B exists alone, C exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, A and C exist simultaneously, C and B exist simultaneously, and A and B and C exist simultaneously. seven situations.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited to this. should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (32)

  1. 一种用于建立用户面连接的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for establishing a user plane connection, comprising:
    接入功能网元获取第一类型信息,所述第一类型信息用于指示第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第一类型;其中,所述第一用户设备为通过所述接入功能网元接入网络的用户设备;The access function network element obtains first type information, where the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type; wherein, the first user equipment is obtained through the access function network element User equipment accessing the network;
    所述接入功能网元获取所述第一类型对应的第一控制信息;其中,所述接入功能网元存有所述第一类型对应的所述第一控制信息;obtaining, by the access function network element, first control information corresponding to the first type; wherein, the access function network element stores the first control information corresponding to the first type;
    所述接入功能网元根据所述第一控制信息为所述第一用户设备建立用户面连接。The access function network element establishes a user plane connection for the first user equipment according to the first control information.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入功能网元获取第一类型信息包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein obtaining the first type information by the access function network element comprises:
    所述接入功能网元接收来自用户管理功能网元的第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述第一类型信息。The access function network element receives a first message from the user management function network element, where the first message includes the first type information.
  3. 如权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息中包括以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first control information includes at least one of the following information:
    服务质量控制信息、安全控制信息、移动性控制信息、业务画像信息或业务信息,Service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, business profile information or business information,
    其中,所述服务质量控制信息用于指示无线空口业务的传输控制策略,所述安全控制信息用于指示安全策略,所述移动性控制信息用于指示用户设备类型为所述第一类型的用户设备的移动策略,所述业务信息用于指示所述用户设备类型为所述第一类型的用户设备传输的业务,所述业务画像信息用于指示所述用户设备类型为所述第一类型的用户设备访问业务或进行业务传输的规律。Wherein, the quality of service control information is used to indicate the transmission control strategy of the wireless air interface service, the security control information is used to indicate the security strategy, and the mobility control information is used to indicate that the user equipment type is the user of the first type The mobile policy of the device, the service information is used to indicate that the user equipment type is the service transmitted by the user equipment of the first type, and the service profile information is used to indicate that the user equipment type is the first type of service. The rules for user equipment to access services or perform service transmission.
  4. 如权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息中还包括认证成功信息,所述认证成功信息用于指示对所述第一用户设备的认证完成,The method according to claim 2, wherein the first message further includes authentication success information, and the authentication success information is used to indicate that the authentication of the first user equipment is completed,
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述接入功能网元向所述用户管理功能网元发送第二消息,所述第二消息中包括所述第一用户设备对应的认证信息,所述认证信息用于指示发起对所述第一用户设备的认证流程。The access function network element sends a second message to the user management function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, and the authentication information is used to instruct the user to initiate a call to the first user equipment. An authentication process of a user equipment.
  5. 如权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入功能网元获取所述第一类型对应的第一控制信息包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein obtaining, by the access function network element, the first control information corresponding to the first type comprises:
    所述接入功能网元从至少一个控制信息中获取与所述第一类型信息相对应的所述第一控制信息;或者,The access function network element acquires the first control information corresponding to the first type of information from at least one control information; or,
    所述接入功能网元向所述用户管理功能网元发送所述第一类型信息;sending, by the access function network element, the first type of information to the user management function network element;
    所述接入功能网元接收来自所述用户管理功能网元的所述第一控制信息;receiving, by the access function network element, the first control information from the user management function network element;
    或者,or,
    所述接入功能网元向网络管理功能网元发送所述第一类型信息;sending, by the access function network element, the first type of information to the network management function network element;
    所述接入功能网元接收来自所述网络管理功能网元的所述第一控制信息。The access function network element receives the first control information from the network management function network element.
  6. 如权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入功能网元本地预配置有所述至少一个控制信息;The access function network element is locally preconfigured with the at least one control information;
    或者;or;
    所述接入功能网元接收来自所述用户管理功能网元的所述至少一个控制信息;the access function network element receiving the at least one control information from the user management function network element;
    或者;or;
    所述接入功能网元接收来自所述网络管理功能网元的所述至少一个控制信息。The access function network element receives the at least one control information from the network management function network element.
  7. 如权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入功能网元接收来自所述第一用户设备的第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求建立无线资源连接,所述第三消息中包括所述第一用户设备的标识。The access function network element receives a third message from the first user equipment, where the third message is used to request the establishment of a radio resource connection, and the third message includes the identifier of the first user equipment.
  8. 如权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述接入功能网元根据所述第一控制信息与所述第一用户设备建立用户面连接包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein establishing, by the access function network element, a user plane connection with the first user equipment according to the first control information comprises:
    所述接入功能网元基于所述第一控制信息确定与所述第一用户设备之间的数据无线承载;determining, by the access function network element, a data radio bearer with the first user equipment based on the first control information;
    所述接入功能网元向所述第一用户设备发送无线资源配置消息,所述无线资源配置消息中包括所述数据无线承载的配置信息。The access function network element sends a radio resource configuration message to the first user equipment, where the radio resource configuration message includes configuration information of the data radio bearer.
  9. 如权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入功能网元接收来自所述用户管理功能网元的第二类型信息,所述第二类型信息用于指示所述第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第二类型;receiving, by the access function network element, second type information from the user management function network element, where the second type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the second type;
    所述接入功能网元基于所述第二类型信息获取第二控制信息;obtaining, by the access function network element, second control information based on the second type of information;
    所述接入功能网元根据所述第二控制信息更新与所述第一用户设备之间的连接。The access function network element updates the connection with the first user equipment according to the second control information.
  10. 如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入功能网元接收第三控制信息,所述第三控制信息与所述第一类型相对应;receiving, by the access function network element, third control information, where the third control information corresponds to the first type;
    所述接入功能网元更新与所述第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备之间的用户面连接,the access function network element updates the user plane connection with at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type,
    其中,所述第三控制信息与所述第一控制信息相异。Wherein, the third control information is different from the first control information.
  11. 如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述接入功能网元接收来自第二用户设备的第五消息,所述第五消息用于请求建立无线资源连接,所述接入功能网元根据所述第一控制信息与所述第二用户设备建立用户面连接,其中,所述第二用户设备的用户设备类型为所述第一类型。The access function network element receives a fifth message from the second user equipment, where the fifth message is used to request the establishment of a wireless resource connection, and the access function network element communicates with the second user equipment according to the first control information. The user equipment establishes a user plane connection, wherein the user equipment type of the second user equipment is the first type.
  12. 一种用于建立用户面连接的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for establishing a user plane connection, comprising:
    用户管理功能网元获取第一用户设备的信息,所述第一用户设备的信息至少包括第一类型信息,所述第一类型信息用于指示所述第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第一类型;The user management function network element obtains information of the first user equipment, the information of the first user equipment includes at least first type information, and the first type information is used to indicate that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is the first type;
    所述用户管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送所述第一类型信息,所述第一类型信息用于获取所述第一类型对应的第一控制信息,The user management function network element sends the first type information to the access function network element, where the first type information is used to obtain the first control information corresponding to the first type,
    其中,所述第一控制信息存于所述接入功能网元上,所述第一控制信息用于为所述第一用户设备建立用户面连接。The first control information is stored on the access function network element, and the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for the first user equipment.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送所述第一类型信息包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the sending, by the user management function network element to the access function network element, the information of the first type comprises:
    所述用户管理功能网元向所述接入功能网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息中包括所述第一类型信息。The user management function network element sends a first message to the access function network element, where the first message includes the first type information.
  14. 如权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息中包括以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the first control information includes at least one of the following information:
    服务质量控制信息、安全控制信息、移动性控制信息、业务画像信息或业务信息,Service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, business profile information or business information,
    其中,所述服务质量控制信息用于指示无线空口业务的传输控制策略,所述安全控制信息用于指示安全策略,所述移动性控制信息用于指示所述第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备的移动策略,所述业务信息用于指示所述第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备传输的业务,所述业务画像信息用于指示所述第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备访问业务或进行业务传输的规律。Wherein, the quality of service control information is used to indicate the transmission control policy of the wireless air interface service, the security control information is used to indicate the security policy, and the mobility control information is used to indicate at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type The service information is used to indicate the service transmitted by at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type, and the service portrait information is used to indicate that the at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type accesses the service or performs the service The law of transmission.
  15. 如权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息中还包括认证成功信息,所述认证成功信息用于指示认证完成,The method according to claim 13, wherein the first message further includes authentication success information, and the authentication success information is used to indicate that the authentication is completed,
    所述方法还包括:The method also includes:
    所述用户管理功能网元接收来自所述接入功能网元的第二消息,所述第二消息中包括所述第一用户设备对应的认证信息,所述认证信息用于指示发起认证流程。The user management function network element receives a second message from the access function network element, where the second message includes authentication information corresponding to the first user equipment, and the authentication information is used to instruct to initiate an authentication process.
  16. 如权利要求12至15中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 15, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户管理功能网元向所述接入功能网元发送至少一个控制信息,所述至少一个控制信息中包括所述第一控制信息;The user management function network element sends at least one control information to the access function network element, where the at least one control information includes the first control information;
    或者,or,
    所述用户管理功能网元获取所述第一类型信息对应的所述第一控制信息;obtaining, by the user management function network element, the first control information corresponding to the first type of information;
    所述用户管理功能网元向所述接入功能网元发送所述第一控制信息。The user management function network element sends the first control information to the access function network element.
  17. 如权利要求12至16中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 16, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户管理功能网元接收来自网络管理功能网元的所述第一控制信息;The user management function network element receives the first control information from the network management function network element;
    或者,or,
    所述用户管理功能网元接收来自网络管理功能网元的至少一个控制信息,所述至少一个控制信息中包括所述第一控制信息。The user management function network element receives at least one control information from the network management function network element, and the at least one control information includes the first control information.
  18. 如权利要求12至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户管理功能网元确定所述第一用户设备的用户设备类型为第二类型,所述第二类型与所述第一类型相异;The user management function network element determines that the user equipment type of the first user equipment is a second type, and the second type is different from the first type;
    所述用户管理功能网元向所述接入功能网元发送第二类型信息,所述第二类型信息用于指示所述第一用户设备属于所述第二类型。The user management function network element sends second type information to the access function network element, where the second type information is used to indicate that the first user equipment belongs to the second type.
  19. 如权利要求12至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述用户管理功能网元接收来自网络管理功能网元的第三控制信息,所述第三控制信息与所述第一类型相对应,the user management function network element receives third control information from the network management function network element, the third control information corresponds to the first type,
    其中,所述第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备分别通过至少一个接入网元接入网络;Wherein, at least one user equipment corresponding to the first type respectively accesses the network through at least one access network element;
    所述用户管理功能网元分别向所述至少一个接入网元发送所述第三控制信息,所述第三控制信息与所述第一控制信息相异,所述至少一个接入网元包括所述接入功能网元。The user management function network element respectively sends the third control information to the at least one access network element, where the third control information is different from the first control information, and the at least one access network element includes the access function network element.
  20. 一种用于建立用户面连接的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for establishing a user plane connection, comprising:
    网络管理功能网元获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于为用户设备类型为所述第一类型的用户设备建立用户面连接;The network management function network element acquires first control information corresponding to the first type, where the first control information is used to establish a user plane connection for user equipment whose user equipment type is the first type;
    所述网络管理功能网元向接入功能网元发送所述第一类型对应的所述第一控制信息。The network management function network element sends the first control information corresponding to the first type to the access function network element.
  21. 如权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息中包括以下信息中的至少一种:The method of claim 20, wherein the first control information includes at least one of the following information:
    服务质量控制信息、安全控制信息、移动性控制信息、业务画像信息或业务信息,Service quality control information, security control information, mobility control information, business profile information or business information,
    其中,所述服务质量控制信息用于指示无线空口业务的传输控制策略,所述安全控制信息用于指示安全策略,所述移动性控制信息用于指示所述第一用户类型对应至少一个用户设备的移动策略,所述业务信息用于指示所述第一用户类型对应至少一个用户设备传输的业务,所述业务画像信息用于指示所述第一类型对应的至少一个用户设备访问业务或进行业务传输的规律。Wherein, the quality of service control information is used to indicate the transmission control policy of the wireless air interface service, the security control information is used to indicate the security policy, and the mobility control information is used to indicate that the first user type corresponds to at least one user equipment The service information is used to indicate that the first user type corresponds to the service transmitted by at least one user equipment, and the service profile information is used to indicate that the first user type corresponds to at least one user equipment to access a service or perform a service The law of transmission.
  22. 如权利要求20或21所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络管理功能网元获取第一类型对应的第一控制信息包括:The method according to claim 20 or 21, wherein the obtaining, by the network management function network element, the first control information corresponding to the first type comprises:
    所述网络管理功能网元获取至少一个控制信息,所述至少一个控制信息中包括所述第一控制信息;The network management function network element acquires at least one control information, and the at least one control information includes the first control information;
    所述网络管理功能网元向所述接入功能网元发送所述第一控制信息包括:The sending, by the network management function network element, the first control information to the access function network element includes:
    所述网络管理功能网元直接向所述接入功能网元发送所述第一控制信息;The network management function network element directly sends the first control information to the access function network element;
    或者,or,
    所述网络管理功能网元通过用户管理功能网元向所述接入功能网元发送所述第一控制信息。The network management function network element sends the first control information to the access function network element through the user management function network element.
  23. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述网络管理功能网元直接向所述接入功能网元发送所述第一控制信息包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein the sending, by the network management function network element, the first control information directly to the access function network element comprises:
    所述网络管理功能网元直接向所述接入功能网元发送所述至少一个控制信息;The network management function network element directly sends the at least one control information to the access function network element;
    或者,or,
    所述网络管理功能网元接收来自所述接入功能网元的第一类型信息,所述第一类型信息用于指示所述第一类型;receiving, by the network management function network element, first type information from the access function network element, where the first type information is used to indicate the first type;
    所述网络管理功能网元从所述至少一个控制信息中获取所述第一控制信息;The network management function network element acquires the first control information from the at least one control information;
    所述网络管理功能网元向所述接入功能网元发送所述第一控制信息。The network management function network element sends the first control information to the access function network element.
  24. 如权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述网络管理功能网元通过用户管理功能网元向所述接入功能网元发送所述第一控制信息时,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein when the network management function network element sends the first control information to the access function network element through the user management function network element, the method further comprises:
    所述网络管理功能网元向所述用户管理功能网元发送所述至少一个控制信息;sending, by the network management function network element, the at least one control information to the user management function network element;
    或者,or,
    所述网络管理功能网元向所述用户管理功能网元发送所述第一控制信息。The network management function network element sends the first control information to the user management function network element.
  25. 如权利要求20至24中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 20 to 24, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络管理功能网元确定所述第一控制信息更新为第三控制信息;The network management function network element determines that the first control information is updated to the third control information;
    所述网络管理功能网元根据所述第三控制信息确定所述接入功能网元和/或用户管理功能网元;The network management function network element determines the access function network element and/or the user management function network element according to the third control information;
    所述网络管理功能网元向所述接入功能网元和/或用户管理功能网元发送所述第三控制信息。The network management function network element sends the third control information to the access function network element and/or the user management function network element.
  26. 一种用于建立用户面连接的装置,其特征在于,用于执行权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法。An apparatus for establishing a user plane connection, characterized by being used for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
  27. 一种用于建立用户面连接的装置,其特征在于,用于执行权利要求12至19中任一项所述的方法。An apparatus for establishing a user plane connection, characterized by being used for executing the method according to any one of claims 12 to 19.
  28. 一种用于建立用户面连接的装置,其特征在于,用于执行权利要求20至25中任一项所述的方法。An apparatus for establishing a user plane connection, characterized by being used for executing the method described in any one of claims 20 to 25.
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, comprising:
    存储器,用于存储计算机程序;memory for storing computer programs;
    处理器,用于执行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述通信装置执行权利要求1至11中任一项所述的方法,或者,使得所述通信装置执行权利要求12至19中任一项所述的方法,或者,使得所述通信装置执行权利要求20至25中任一项所述的方法。a processor for executing a computer program stored in the memory, so that the communication device executes the method of any one of claims 1 to 11, or causes the communication device to execute the method of claim 12 to 19 The method of any one of claims 20 to 25, or the communication device is caused to perform the method of any one of claims 20 to 25.
  30. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,所述通信系统包括至少一个如权利要求26所述的用于建立用户面连接的装置、至少一个如权利要求27所述的用于建立用户面连接的装置和至少一个如权利要求28所述的用于建立用户面连接的装置。A communication system, characterized in that the communication system comprises at least one device for establishing a user plane connection as claimed in claim 26 , at least one device for establishing a user plane connection as claimed in claim 27 , and At least one apparatus for establishing a user plane connection as claimed in claim 28.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在被处理器运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法,或者,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求12至19中任一项所述的方法,或者,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求20至25中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising computer instructions that, when executed by a processor, cause a computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9, or to cause all The computer performs the method of any one of claims 12 to 19, or the computer is caused to perform the method of any one of claims 20 to 25.
  32. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信装置执行如权利要求1至9中任意一项所述的方法,或者,使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信装置执行如权利要求12至19中任意一项所述的方法,或者,使得安装有所述芯片系统的通信装置执行如权利要求20至25中任一项所述的方法。A chip system, characterized by comprising: a processor for calling and running a computer program from a memory, so that a communication device installed with the chip system executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 9 , or, causing the communication device installed with the chip system to execute the method according to any one of claims 12 to 19, or causing the communication device installed with the chip system to execute any one of claims 20 to 25 one of the methods described.
PCT/CN2021/084778 2021-03-31 2021-03-31 Method and apparatus for establishing user plane connection WO2022205244A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/084778 WO2022205244A1 (en) 2021-03-31 2021-03-31 Method and apparatus for establishing user plane connection

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/084778 WO2022205244A1 (en) 2021-03-31 2021-03-31 Method and apparatus for establishing user plane connection

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022205244A1 true WO2022205244A1 (en) 2022-10-06

Family

ID=83457757

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/084778 WO2022205244A1 (en) 2021-03-31 2021-03-31 Method and apparatus for establishing user plane connection

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022205244A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108617034A (en) * 2016-12-30 2018-10-02 华为技术有限公司 Connected state control method, equipment and the system of terminal
CN110876174A (en) * 2018-08-31 2020-03-10 华为技术有限公司 Network slice selection method, equipment and system
US20200396657A1 (en) * 2019-06-11 2020-12-17 Spirent Communications, Inc. Abnormal mobility pattern detection for misbehaving devices

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108617034A (en) * 2016-12-30 2018-10-02 华为技术有限公司 Connected state control method, equipment and the system of terminal
CN110876174A (en) * 2018-08-31 2020-03-10 华为技术有限公司 Network slice selection method, equipment and system
US20200396657A1 (en) * 2019-06-11 2020-12-17 Spirent Communications, Inc. Abnormal mobility pattern detection for misbehaving devices

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Update to description of mobility pattern", 3GPP DRAFT; S2-171183_DESCRIPTION_OF_MOBILITY_PATTERN_V2.1, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. SA WG2, no. Dubrovnik, Croatia; 20170213 - 20170217, 7 February 2017 (2017-02-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051228439 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN109996306B (en) Communication method and communication device
EP3817423B1 (en) Network access method, related device, and system
WO2022257549A1 (en) Network slicing method and device, and storage medium
US20220174583A1 (en) Paging Method And Apparatus
WO2020200034A1 (en) Network access method and apparatus
WO2023279776A1 (en) Multi-mode terminal access control method and apparatus, electronic device, and storage medium
WO2020199868A1 (en) Network access method and apparatus
CN113543053A (en) Service guarantee method and device
EP4185009A1 (en) Packet forwarding method, apparatus and system
CN114071510A (en) Communication method and device
CN114424612A (en) Relay transmission method, relay terminal and remote terminal
CN114071697A (en) Method for accessing terminal to public and private network and communication device
WO2022199451A1 (en) Session switching method and apparatus
WO2022068687A1 (en) Edge computing method and apparatus
CN113746586B (en) Method and device for managing clock source
CN115484595A (en) Method, device and system for isolating public and private network services
WO2022205244A1 (en) Method and apparatus for establishing user plane connection
WO2023001003A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2023050094A1 (en) Information indication method, first access network device, and core network element
CN115484582A (en) Communication method and communication device
CN115499894B (en) Network slice adjustment method, device and equipment
US20230171320A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20240106764A1 (en) Computing power resource scheduling method and related apparatus
WO2023066178A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023185657A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21933904

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21933904

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1